1 | /* $Id: VBoxHDD.cpp 28108 2010-04-08 17:10:51Z vboxsync $ */
|
---|
2 | /** @file
|
---|
3 | * VBoxHDD - VBox HDD Container implementation.
|
---|
4 | */
|
---|
5 |
|
---|
6 | /*
|
---|
7 | * Copyright (C) 2006-2010 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
---|
8 | *
|
---|
9 | * This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
|
---|
10 | * available from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;
|
---|
11 | * you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
|
---|
12 | * General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
|
---|
13 | * Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
|
---|
14 | * VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
|
---|
15 | * hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
|
---|
16 | *
|
---|
17 | * Please contact Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa
|
---|
18 | * Clara, CA 95054 USA or visit http://www.sun.com if you need
|
---|
19 | * additional information or have any questions.
|
---|
20 | */
|
---|
21 |
|
---|
22 | /*******************************************************************************
|
---|
23 | * Header Files *
|
---|
24 | *******************************************************************************/
|
---|
25 | #define LOG_GROUP LOG_GROUP_VD
|
---|
26 | #include <VBox/VBoxHDD.h>
|
---|
27 | #include <VBox/err.h>
|
---|
28 | #include <VBox/sup.h>
|
---|
29 | #include <VBox/log.h>
|
---|
30 |
|
---|
31 | #include <iprt/alloc.h>
|
---|
32 | #include <iprt/assert.h>
|
---|
33 | #include <iprt/uuid.h>
|
---|
34 | #include <iprt/file.h>
|
---|
35 | #include <iprt/string.h>
|
---|
36 | #include <iprt/asm.h>
|
---|
37 | #include <iprt/ldr.h>
|
---|
38 | #include <iprt/dir.h>
|
---|
39 | #include <iprt/path.h>
|
---|
40 | #include <iprt/param.h>
|
---|
41 | #include <iprt/memcache.h>
|
---|
42 | #include <iprt/sg.h>
|
---|
43 |
|
---|
44 | #include <VBox/VBoxHDD-Plugin.h>
|
---|
45 |
|
---|
46 |
|
---|
47 | #define VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE 0x6f0e2a7d
|
---|
48 |
|
---|
49 | /** Buffer size used for merging images. */
|
---|
50 | #define VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE (16 * _1M)
|
---|
51 |
|
---|
52 | /** Maximum number of segments in one I/O task. */
|
---|
53 | #define VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX 64
|
---|
54 |
|
---|
55 | /**
|
---|
56 | * VD async I/O interface storage descriptor.
|
---|
57 | */
|
---|
58 | typedef struct VDIASYNCIOSTORAGE
|
---|
59 | {
|
---|
60 | /** File handle. */
|
---|
61 | RTFILE File;
|
---|
62 | /** Completion callback. */
|
---|
63 | PFNVDCOMPLETED pfnCompleted;
|
---|
64 | /** Thread for async access. */
|
---|
65 | RTTHREAD ThreadAsync;
|
---|
66 | } VDIASYNCIOSTORAGE, *PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE;
|
---|
67 |
|
---|
68 | /**
|
---|
69 | * VBox HDD Container image descriptor.
|
---|
70 | */
|
---|
71 | typedef struct VDIMAGE
|
---|
72 | {
|
---|
73 | /** Link to parent image descriptor, if any. */
|
---|
74 | struct VDIMAGE *pPrev;
|
---|
75 | /** Link to child image descriptor, if any. */
|
---|
76 | struct VDIMAGE *pNext;
|
---|
77 | /** Container base filename. (UTF-8) */
|
---|
78 | char *pszFilename;
|
---|
79 | /** Data managed by the backend which keeps the actual info. */
|
---|
80 | void *pvBackendData;
|
---|
81 | /** Cached sanitized image flags. */
|
---|
82 | unsigned uImageFlags;
|
---|
83 | /** Image open flags (only those handled generically in this code and which
|
---|
84 | * the backends will never ever see). */
|
---|
85 | unsigned uOpenFlags;
|
---|
86 |
|
---|
87 | /** Function pointers for the various backend methods. */
|
---|
88 | PCVBOXHDDBACKEND Backend;
|
---|
89 | /** Pointer to list of VD interfaces, per-image. */
|
---|
90 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
91 | } VDIMAGE, *PVDIMAGE;
|
---|
92 |
|
---|
93 | /**
|
---|
94 | * uModified bit flags.
|
---|
95 | */
|
---|
96 | #define VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG RT_BIT(0)
|
---|
97 | #define VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST RT_BIT(1)
|
---|
98 | #define VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE RT_BIT(2)
|
---|
99 |
|
---|
100 |
|
---|
101 | /**
|
---|
102 | * VBox HDD Container main structure, private part.
|
---|
103 | */
|
---|
104 | struct VBOXHDD
|
---|
105 | {
|
---|
106 | /** Structure signature (VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE). */
|
---|
107 | uint32_t u32Signature;
|
---|
108 |
|
---|
109 | /** Number of opened images. */
|
---|
110 | unsigned cImages;
|
---|
111 |
|
---|
112 | /** Base image. */
|
---|
113 | PVDIMAGE pBase;
|
---|
114 |
|
---|
115 | /** Last opened image in the chain.
|
---|
116 | * The same as pBase if only one image is used. */
|
---|
117 | PVDIMAGE pLast;
|
---|
118 |
|
---|
119 | /** Flags representing the modification state. */
|
---|
120 | unsigned uModified;
|
---|
121 |
|
---|
122 | /** Cached size of this disk. */
|
---|
123 | uint64_t cbSize;
|
---|
124 | /** Cached PCHS geometry for this disk. */
|
---|
125 | PDMMEDIAGEOMETRY PCHSGeometry;
|
---|
126 | /** Cached LCHS geometry for this disk. */
|
---|
127 | PDMMEDIAGEOMETRY LCHSGeometry;
|
---|
128 |
|
---|
129 | /** Pointer to list of VD interfaces, per-disk. */
|
---|
130 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk;
|
---|
131 | /** Pointer to the common interface structure for error reporting. */
|
---|
132 | PVDINTERFACE pInterfaceError;
|
---|
133 | /** Pointer to the error interface callbacks we use if available. */
|
---|
134 | PVDINTERFACEERROR pInterfaceErrorCallbacks;
|
---|
135 |
|
---|
136 | /** Pointer to the optional thread synchronization interface. */
|
---|
137 | PVDINTERFACE pInterfaceThreadSync;
|
---|
138 | /** Pointer to the optional thread synchronization callbacks. */
|
---|
139 | PVDINTERFACETHREADSYNC pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks;
|
---|
140 |
|
---|
141 | /** I/O interface for the disk. */
|
---|
142 | VDINTERFACE VDIIO;
|
---|
143 | /** I/O interface callback table for the images. */
|
---|
144 | VDINTERFACEIO VDIIOCallbacks;
|
---|
145 |
|
---|
146 | /** Async I/O interface to the upper layer. */
|
---|
147 | PVDINTERFACE pInterfaceAsyncIO;
|
---|
148 | /** Async I/O interface callback table. */
|
---|
149 | PVDINTERFACEASYNCIO pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks;
|
---|
150 |
|
---|
151 | /** Fallback async I/O interface. */
|
---|
152 | VDINTERFACE VDIAsyncIO;
|
---|
153 | /** Callback table for the fallback async I/O interface. */
|
---|
154 | VDINTERFACEASYNCIO VDIAsyncIOCallbacks;
|
---|
155 |
|
---|
156 | /** Memory cache for I/O contexts */
|
---|
157 | RTMEMCACHE hMemCacheIoCtx;
|
---|
158 | /** Memory cache for I/O tasks. */
|
---|
159 | RTMEMCACHE hMemCacheIoTask;
|
---|
160 | };
|
---|
161 |
|
---|
162 |
|
---|
163 | /**
|
---|
164 | * VBox parent read descriptor, used internally for compaction.
|
---|
165 | */
|
---|
166 | typedef struct VDPARENTSTATEDESC
|
---|
167 | {
|
---|
168 | /** Pointer to disk descriptor. */
|
---|
169 | PVBOXHDD pDisk;
|
---|
170 | /** Pointer to image descriptor. */
|
---|
171 | PVDIMAGE pImage;
|
---|
172 | } VDPARENTSTATEDESC, *PVDPARENTSTATEDESC;
|
---|
173 |
|
---|
174 | /**
|
---|
175 | * Transfer direction.
|
---|
176 | */
|
---|
177 | typedef enum VDIOCTXTXDIR
|
---|
178 | {
|
---|
179 | /** Read */
|
---|
180 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ = 0,
|
---|
181 | /** Write */
|
---|
182 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE,
|
---|
183 | /** Flush */
|
---|
184 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH,
|
---|
185 | /** 32bit hack */
|
---|
186 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_32BIT_HACK = 0x7fffffff
|
---|
187 | } VDIOCTXTXDIR, *PVDIOCTXTXDIR;
|
---|
188 |
|
---|
189 | /**
|
---|
190 | * I/O context
|
---|
191 | */
|
---|
192 | typedef struct VDIOCTX
|
---|
193 | {
|
---|
194 | /** Disk this is request is for. */
|
---|
195 | PVBOXHDD pDisk;
|
---|
196 | /** Return code. */
|
---|
197 | int rcReq;
|
---|
198 | /** Transfer direction */
|
---|
199 | VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir;
|
---|
200 | /** Number of bytes left until this context completes. */
|
---|
201 | volatile uint32_t cbTransferLeft;
|
---|
202 | /** Current offset */
|
---|
203 | volatile uint64_t uOffset;
|
---|
204 | /** S/G buffer */
|
---|
205 | RTSGBUF SgBuf;
|
---|
206 | /** How many meta data transfers are pending. */
|
---|
207 | volatile uint32_t cMetaTransfersPending;
|
---|
208 | /** Flag whether the request finished */
|
---|
209 | volatile bool fComplete;
|
---|
210 | /** Parent I/O context if any. Sets the type of the context (root/child) */
|
---|
211 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
212 | /** Type dependent data (root/child) */
|
---|
213 | union
|
---|
214 | {
|
---|
215 | /** Root data */
|
---|
216 | struct
|
---|
217 | {
|
---|
218 | /** Completion callback */
|
---|
219 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete;
|
---|
220 | /** User argument 1 passed on completion. */
|
---|
221 | void *pvUser1;
|
---|
222 | /** User argument 1 passed on completion. */
|
---|
223 | void *pvUser2;
|
---|
224 | } Root;
|
---|
225 | /** Child data */
|
---|
226 | struct
|
---|
227 | {
|
---|
228 | /** Saved start offset */
|
---|
229 | uint64_t uOffsetSaved;
|
---|
230 | /** Saved transfer size */
|
---|
231 | size_t cbTransferLeftSaved;
|
---|
232 | /** Number of bytes transfered from the parent if this context completes. */
|
---|
233 | size_t cbTransferParent;
|
---|
234 | } Child;
|
---|
235 | } Type;
|
---|
236 | } VDIOCTX;
|
---|
237 |
|
---|
238 | /**
|
---|
239 | * I/O task.
|
---|
240 | */
|
---|
241 | typedef struct VDIOTASK
|
---|
242 | {
|
---|
243 | /** Pointer to the I/O context the task belongs. */
|
---|
244 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx;
|
---|
245 | /** Flag whether this is a meta data transfer. */
|
---|
246 | bool fMeta;
|
---|
247 | /** Type dependent data. */
|
---|
248 | union
|
---|
249 | {
|
---|
250 | /** User data transfer. */
|
---|
251 | struct
|
---|
252 | {
|
---|
253 | /** Number of bytes this task transfered. */
|
---|
254 | uint32_t cbTransfer;
|
---|
255 | } User;
|
---|
256 | /** Meta data transfer. */
|
---|
257 | struct
|
---|
258 | {
|
---|
259 | /** Transfer direction (Read/Write) */
|
---|
260 | VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir;
|
---|
261 | /** Completion callback from the backend */
|
---|
262 | PFNVDMETACOMPLETED pfnMetaComplete;
|
---|
263 | /** User data */
|
---|
264 | void *pvMetaUser;
|
---|
265 | } Meta;
|
---|
266 | } Type;
|
---|
267 | } VDIOTASK, *PVDIOTASK;
|
---|
268 |
|
---|
269 | /**
|
---|
270 | * Storage handle.
|
---|
271 | */
|
---|
272 | typedef struct VDIOSTORAGE
|
---|
273 | {
|
---|
274 | union
|
---|
275 | {
|
---|
276 | /** Storage handle */
|
---|
277 | void *pStorage;
|
---|
278 | /** File handle for the limited I/O version. */
|
---|
279 | RTFILE hFile;
|
---|
280 | } u;
|
---|
281 | } VDIOSTORAGE;
|
---|
282 |
|
---|
283 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_RawBackend;
|
---|
284 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_VmdkBackend;
|
---|
285 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_VDIBackend;
|
---|
286 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_VhdBackend;
|
---|
287 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_ParallelsBackend;
|
---|
288 | #ifdef VBOX_WITH_ISCSI
|
---|
289 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_ISCSIBackend;
|
---|
290 | #endif
|
---|
291 |
|
---|
292 | static unsigned g_cBackends = 0;
|
---|
293 | static PVBOXHDDBACKEND *g_apBackends = NULL;
|
---|
294 | static PVBOXHDDBACKEND aStaticBackends[] =
|
---|
295 | {
|
---|
296 | &g_RawBackend,
|
---|
297 | &g_VmdkBackend,
|
---|
298 | &g_VDIBackend,
|
---|
299 | &g_VhdBackend,
|
---|
300 | &g_ParallelsBackend
|
---|
301 | #ifdef VBOX_WITH_ISCSI
|
---|
302 | ,&g_ISCSIBackend
|
---|
303 | #endif
|
---|
304 | };
|
---|
305 |
|
---|
306 | /**
|
---|
307 | * internal: add several backends.
|
---|
308 | */
|
---|
309 | static int vdAddBackends(PVBOXHDDBACKEND *ppBackends, unsigned cBackends)
|
---|
310 | {
|
---|
311 | PVBOXHDDBACKEND *pTmp = (PVBOXHDDBACKEND*)RTMemRealloc(g_apBackends,
|
---|
312 | (g_cBackends + cBackends) * sizeof(PVBOXHDDBACKEND));
|
---|
313 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!pTmp))
|
---|
314 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
315 | g_apBackends = pTmp;
|
---|
316 | memcpy(&g_apBackends[g_cBackends], ppBackends, cBackends * sizeof(PVBOXHDDBACKEND));
|
---|
317 | g_cBackends += cBackends;
|
---|
318 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
319 | }
|
---|
320 |
|
---|
321 | /**
|
---|
322 | * internal: add single backend.
|
---|
323 | */
|
---|
324 | DECLINLINE(int) vdAddBackend(PVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend)
|
---|
325 | {
|
---|
326 | return vdAddBackends(&pBackend, 1);
|
---|
327 | }
|
---|
328 |
|
---|
329 | /**
|
---|
330 | * internal: issue error message.
|
---|
331 | */
|
---|
332 | static int vdError(PVBOXHDD pDisk, int rc, RT_SRC_POS_DECL,
|
---|
333 | const char *pszFormat, ...)
|
---|
334 | {
|
---|
335 | va_list va;
|
---|
336 | va_start(va, pszFormat);
|
---|
337 | if (pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks)
|
---|
338 | pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks->pfnError(pDisk->pInterfaceError->pvUser, rc, RT_SRC_POS_ARGS, pszFormat, va);
|
---|
339 | va_end(va);
|
---|
340 | return rc;
|
---|
341 | }
|
---|
342 |
|
---|
343 | /**
|
---|
344 | * internal: thread synchronization, start read.
|
---|
345 | */
|
---|
346 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadStartRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
347 | {
|
---|
348 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
349 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks))
|
---|
350 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks->pfnStartRead(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pvUser);
|
---|
351 | return rc;
|
---|
352 | }
|
---|
353 |
|
---|
354 | /**
|
---|
355 | * internal: thread synchronization, finish read.
|
---|
356 | */
|
---|
357 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadFinishRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
358 | {
|
---|
359 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
360 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks))
|
---|
361 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks->pfnFinishRead(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pvUser);
|
---|
362 | return rc;
|
---|
363 | }
|
---|
364 |
|
---|
365 | /**
|
---|
366 | * internal: thread synchronization, start write.
|
---|
367 | */
|
---|
368 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadStartWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
369 | {
|
---|
370 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
371 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks))
|
---|
372 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks->pfnStartWrite(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pvUser);
|
---|
373 | return rc;
|
---|
374 | }
|
---|
375 |
|
---|
376 | /**
|
---|
377 | * internal: thread synchronization, finish write.
|
---|
378 | */
|
---|
379 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadFinishWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
380 | {
|
---|
381 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
382 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks))
|
---|
383 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks->pfnFinishWrite(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pvUser);
|
---|
384 | return rc;
|
---|
385 | }
|
---|
386 |
|
---|
387 | /**
|
---|
388 | * internal: find image format backend.
|
---|
389 | */
|
---|
390 | static int vdFindBackend(const char *pszBackend, PCVBOXHDDBACKEND *ppBackend)
|
---|
391 | {
|
---|
392 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
393 | PCVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
394 |
|
---|
395 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
396 | VDInit();
|
---|
397 |
|
---|
398 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
399 | {
|
---|
400 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName))
|
---|
401 | {
|
---|
402 | pBackend = g_apBackends[i];
|
---|
403 | break;
|
---|
404 | }
|
---|
405 | }
|
---|
406 | *ppBackend = pBackend;
|
---|
407 | return rc;
|
---|
408 | }
|
---|
409 |
|
---|
410 | /**
|
---|
411 | * internal: add image structure to the end of images list.
|
---|
412 | */
|
---|
413 | static void vdAddImageToList(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage)
|
---|
414 | {
|
---|
415 | pImage->pPrev = NULL;
|
---|
416 | pImage->pNext = NULL;
|
---|
417 |
|
---|
418 | if (pDisk->pBase)
|
---|
419 | {
|
---|
420 | Assert(pDisk->cImages > 0);
|
---|
421 | pImage->pPrev = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
422 | pDisk->pLast->pNext = pImage;
|
---|
423 | pDisk->pLast = pImage;
|
---|
424 | }
|
---|
425 | else
|
---|
426 | {
|
---|
427 | Assert(pDisk->cImages == 0);
|
---|
428 | pDisk->pBase = pImage;
|
---|
429 | pDisk->pLast = pImage;
|
---|
430 | }
|
---|
431 |
|
---|
432 | pDisk->cImages++;
|
---|
433 | }
|
---|
434 |
|
---|
435 | /**
|
---|
436 | * internal: remove image structure from the images list.
|
---|
437 | */
|
---|
438 | static void vdRemoveImageFromList(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage)
|
---|
439 | {
|
---|
440 | Assert(pDisk->cImages > 0);
|
---|
441 |
|
---|
442 | if (pImage->pPrev)
|
---|
443 | pImage->pPrev->pNext = pImage->pNext;
|
---|
444 | else
|
---|
445 | pDisk->pBase = pImage->pNext;
|
---|
446 |
|
---|
447 | if (pImage->pNext)
|
---|
448 | pImage->pNext->pPrev = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
449 | else
|
---|
450 | pDisk->pLast = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
451 |
|
---|
452 | pImage->pPrev = NULL;
|
---|
453 | pImage->pNext = NULL;
|
---|
454 |
|
---|
455 | pDisk->cImages--;
|
---|
456 | }
|
---|
457 |
|
---|
458 | /**
|
---|
459 | * internal: find image by index into the images list.
|
---|
460 | */
|
---|
461 | static PVDIMAGE vdGetImageByNumber(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
462 | {
|
---|
463 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pBase;
|
---|
464 | if (nImage == VD_LAST_IMAGE)
|
---|
465 | return pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
466 | while (pImage && nImage)
|
---|
467 | {
|
---|
468 | pImage = pImage->pNext;
|
---|
469 | nImage--;
|
---|
470 | }
|
---|
471 | return pImage;
|
---|
472 | }
|
---|
473 |
|
---|
474 | /**
|
---|
475 | * internal: read the specified amount of data in whatever blocks the backend
|
---|
476 | * will give us.
|
---|
477 | */
|
---|
478 | static int vdReadHelper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
479 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead)
|
---|
480 | {
|
---|
481 | int rc;
|
---|
482 | size_t cbThisRead;
|
---|
483 |
|
---|
484 | /* Loop until all read. */
|
---|
485 | do
|
---|
486 | {
|
---|
487 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to read more
|
---|
488 | * than the previous reads marked as valid. Otherwise this would return
|
---|
489 | * stale data when different block sizes are used for the images. */
|
---|
490 | cbThisRead = cbRead;
|
---|
491 |
|
---|
492 | /*
|
---|
493 | * Try to read from the given image.
|
---|
494 | * If the block is not allocated read from override chain if present.
|
---|
495 | */
|
---|
496 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnRead(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
497 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
498 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
499 |
|
---|
500 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
501 | {
|
---|
502 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageParentOverride ? pImageParentOverride : pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
503 | pCurrImage != NULL && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
504 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
505 | {
|
---|
506 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
507 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
508 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
509 | }
|
---|
510 | }
|
---|
511 |
|
---|
512 | /* No image in the chain contains the data for the block. */
|
---|
513 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
514 | {
|
---|
515 | memset(pvBuf, '\0', cbThisRead);
|
---|
516 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
517 | }
|
---|
518 |
|
---|
519 | cbRead -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
520 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
521 | pvBuf = (char *)pvBuf + cbThisRead;
|
---|
522 | } while (cbRead != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
523 |
|
---|
524 | return rc;
|
---|
525 | }
|
---|
526 |
|
---|
527 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOCTX) vdIoCtxAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
528 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer,
|
---|
529 | PCRTSGSEG pcaSeg, unsigned cSeg)
|
---|
530 | {
|
---|
531 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
532 |
|
---|
533 | pIoCtx = (PVDIOCTX)RTMemCacheAlloc(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
534 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
535 | {
|
---|
536 | pIoCtx->pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
537 | pIoCtx->enmTxDir = enmTxDir;
|
---|
538 | pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft = cbTransfer;
|
---|
539 | pIoCtx->uOffset = uOffset;
|
---|
540 | pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending = 0;
|
---|
541 | pIoCtx->fComplete = false;
|
---|
542 |
|
---|
543 | RTSgBufInit(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, pcaSeg, cSeg);
|
---|
544 | }
|
---|
545 |
|
---|
546 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
547 | }
|
---|
548 |
|
---|
549 | static PVDIOCTX vdIoCtxRootAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
550 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer,
|
---|
551 | PCRTSGSEG paSeg, unsigned cSeg,
|
---|
552 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
553 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
554 | {
|
---|
555 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = vdIoCtxAlloc(pDisk, enmTxDir, uOffset, cbTransfer,
|
---|
556 | paSeg, cSeg);
|
---|
557 |
|
---|
558 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
559 | {
|
---|
560 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent = NULL;
|
---|
561 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pfnComplete = pfnComplete;
|
---|
562 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser1 = pvUser1;
|
---|
563 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser2 = pvUser2;
|
---|
564 | }
|
---|
565 |
|
---|
566 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
567 | }
|
---|
568 |
|
---|
569 | static PVDIOCTX vdIoCtxChildAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
570 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer,
|
---|
571 | PCRTSGSEG paSeg, unsigned cSeg,
|
---|
572 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent, size_t cbTransferParent)
|
---|
573 | {
|
---|
574 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = vdIoCtxAlloc(pDisk, enmTxDir, uOffset, cbTransfer,
|
---|
575 | paSeg, cSeg);
|
---|
576 |
|
---|
577 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
578 | {
|
---|
579 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent = pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
580 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.uOffsetSaved = uOffset;
|
---|
581 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferLeftSaved = cbTransfer;
|
---|
582 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent = cbTransferParent;
|
---|
583 | }
|
---|
584 |
|
---|
585 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
586 | }
|
---|
587 |
|
---|
588 | static PVDIOTASK vdIoTaskUserAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint32_t cbTransfer)
|
---|
589 | {
|
---|
590 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = NULL;
|
---|
591 |
|
---|
592 | pIoTask = (PVDIOTASK)RTMemCacheAlloc(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
593 | if (pIoTask)
|
---|
594 | {
|
---|
595 | pIoTask->pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
596 | pIoTask->fMeta = false;
|
---|
597 | pIoTask->Type.User.cbTransfer = cbTransfer;
|
---|
598 | }
|
---|
599 |
|
---|
600 | return pIoTask;
|
---|
601 | }
|
---|
602 |
|
---|
603 | static PVDIOTASK vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
604 | PFNVDMETACOMPLETED pfnMetaComplete, void *pvMetaUser)
|
---|
605 | {
|
---|
606 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = NULL;
|
---|
607 |
|
---|
608 | pIoTask = (PVDIOTASK)RTMemCacheAlloc(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
609 | if (pIoTask)
|
---|
610 | {
|
---|
611 | pIoTask->pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
612 | pIoTask->fMeta = true;
|
---|
613 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.enmTxDir = enmTxDir;
|
---|
614 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.pfnMetaComplete = pfnMetaComplete;
|
---|
615 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.pvMetaUser = pvMetaUser;
|
---|
616 | }
|
---|
617 |
|
---|
618 | return pIoTask;
|
---|
619 | }
|
---|
620 |
|
---|
621 | static void vdIoCtxFree(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
622 | {
|
---|
623 | RTMemCacheFree(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx, pIoCtx);
|
---|
624 | }
|
---|
625 |
|
---|
626 | static void vdIoTaskFree(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOTASK pIoTask)
|
---|
627 | {
|
---|
628 | pIoTask->pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
629 | RTMemCacheFree(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask, pIoTask);
|
---|
630 | }
|
---|
631 |
|
---|
632 | static void vdIoCtxChildReset(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
633 | {
|
---|
634 | AssertPtr(pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
635 |
|
---|
636 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->SgBuf);
|
---|
637 | pIoCtx->uOffset = pIoCtx->Type.Child.uOffsetSaved;
|
---|
638 | pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferLeftSaved;
|
---|
639 | }
|
---|
640 |
|
---|
641 | static size_t vdIoCtxCopy(PVDIOCTX pIoCtxDst, PVDIOCTX pIoCtxSrc, size_t cbData)
|
---|
642 | {
|
---|
643 | return RTSgBufCopy(&pIoCtxDst->SgBuf, &pIoCtxSrc->SgBuf, cbData);
|
---|
644 | }
|
---|
645 |
|
---|
646 | static int vdIoCtxCmp(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx1, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx2, size_t cbData)
|
---|
647 | {
|
---|
648 | return RTSgBufCmp(&pIoCtx1->SgBuf, &pIoCtx2->SgBuf, cbData);
|
---|
649 | }
|
---|
650 |
|
---|
651 | static size_t vdIoCtxCopyTo(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint8_t *pbData, size_t cbData)
|
---|
652 | {
|
---|
653 | return RTSgBufCopyToBuf(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, pbData, cbData);
|
---|
654 | }
|
---|
655 |
|
---|
656 |
|
---|
657 | static size_t vdIoCtxCopyFrom(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint8_t *pbData, size_t cbData)
|
---|
658 | {
|
---|
659 | return RTSgBufCopyFromBuf(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, pbData, cbData);
|
---|
660 | }
|
---|
661 |
|
---|
662 | static size_t vdIoCtxSet(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint8_t ch, size_t cbData)
|
---|
663 | {
|
---|
664 | return RTSgBufSet(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, ch, cbData);
|
---|
665 | }
|
---|
666 |
|
---|
667 | /**
|
---|
668 | * internal: read the specified amount of data in whatever blocks the backend
|
---|
669 | * will give us - async version.
|
---|
670 | */
|
---|
671 | static int vdReadHelperAsync(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
672 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbRead)
|
---|
673 | {
|
---|
674 | int rc;
|
---|
675 | size_t cbThisRead;
|
---|
676 |
|
---|
677 | /* Loop until all reads started or we have a backend which needs to read metadata. */
|
---|
678 | do
|
---|
679 | {
|
---|
680 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to read more
|
---|
681 | * than the previous reads marked as valid. Otherwise this would return
|
---|
682 | * stale data when different block sizes are used for the images. */
|
---|
683 | cbThisRead = cbRead;
|
---|
684 |
|
---|
685 | /*
|
---|
686 | * Try to read from the given image.
|
---|
687 | * If the block is not allocated read from override chain if present.
|
---|
688 | */
|
---|
689 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnAsyncRead(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
690 | uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
691 | pIoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
692 |
|
---|
693 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
694 | {
|
---|
695 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageParentOverride ? pImageParentOverride : pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
696 | pCurrImage != NULL && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
697 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
698 | {
|
---|
699 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnAsyncRead(pCurrImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
700 | uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
701 | pIoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
702 | }
|
---|
703 | }
|
---|
704 |
|
---|
705 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
706 | {
|
---|
707 | /* No image in the chain contains the data for the block. */
|
---|
708 | vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, '\0', cbThisRead);
|
---|
709 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, cbThisRead);
|
---|
710 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
711 | }
|
---|
712 |
|
---|
713 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
714 | break;
|
---|
715 |
|
---|
716 | cbRead -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
717 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
718 | } while (cbRead != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
719 |
|
---|
720 | if (rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA)
|
---|
721 | {
|
---|
722 | pIoCtx->uOffset = uOffset;
|
---|
723 | }
|
---|
724 |
|
---|
725 | return rc;
|
---|
726 | }
|
---|
727 |
|
---|
728 | /**
|
---|
729 | * internal: parent image read wrapper for compacting.
|
---|
730 | */
|
---|
731 | static int vdParentRead(void *pvUser, uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
732 | size_t cbRead)
|
---|
733 | {
|
---|
734 | PVDPARENTSTATEDESC pParentState = (PVDPARENTSTATEDESC)pvUser;
|
---|
735 | return vdReadHelper(pParentState->pDisk, pParentState->pImage, NULL, uOffset,
|
---|
736 | pvBuf, cbRead);
|
---|
737 | }
|
---|
738 |
|
---|
739 | /**
|
---|
740 | * internal: mark the disk as not modified.
|
---|
741 | */
|
---|
742 | static void vdResetModifiedFlag(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
743 | {
|
---|
744 | if (pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG)
|
---|
745 | {
|
---|
746 | /* generate new last-modified uuid */
|
---|
747 | if (!(pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE))
|
---|
748 | {
|
---|
749 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
750 |
|
---|
751 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
752 | pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData,
|
---|
753 | &Uuid);
|
---|
754 | }
|
---|
755 |
|
---|
756 | pDisk->uModified &= ~VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG;
|
---|
757 | }
|
---|
758 | }
|
---|
759 |
|
---|
760 | /**
|
---|
761 | * internal: mark the disk as modified.
|
---|
762 | */
|
---|
763 | static void vdSetModifiedFlag(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
764 | {
|
---|
765 | pDisk->uModified |= VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG;
|
---|
766 | if (pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST)
|
---|
767 | {
|
---|
768 | pDisk->uModified &= ~VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
769 |
|
---|
770 | /* First modify, so create a UUID and ensure it's written to disk. */
|
---|
771 | vdResetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
772 |
|
---|
773 | if (!(pDisk->uModified | VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE))
|
---|
774 | pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnFlush(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData);
|
---|
775 | }
|
---|
776 | }
|
---|
777 |
|
---|
778 | /**
|
---|
779 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
780 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation does not optimize
|
---|
781 | * anything (except that it tries to read only that portions from parent
|
---|
782 | * images that are really needed).
|
---|
783 | */
|
---|
784 | static int vdWriteHelperStandard(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage,
|
---|
785 | PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
786 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
787 | size_t cbThisWrite, size_t cbPreRead,
|
---|
788 | size_t cbPostRead, const void *pvBuf,
|
---|
789 | void *pvTmp)
|
---|
790 | {
|
---|
791 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
792 |
|
---|
793 | /* Read the data that goes before the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
794 | if (cbPreRead)
|
---|
795 | {
|
---|
796 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
797 | uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp, cbPreRead);
|
---|
798 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
799 | return rc;
|
---|
800 | }
|
---|
801 |
|
---|
802 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
803 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead, pvBuf, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
804 |
|
---|
805 | /* Read the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
806 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
807 | {
|
---|
808 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
809 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
810 | size_t cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
811 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
812 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
813 | else
|
---|
814 | cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
815 | /* Figure out how much we cannnot read from the image, because
|
---|
816 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
817 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
818 | size_t cbFill;
|
---|
819 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
820 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
821 | else
|
---|
822 | cbFill = 0;
|
---|
823 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
824 | size_t cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
825 |
|
---|
826 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
827 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
828 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite,
|
---|
829 | (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
830 | if (cbReadImage)
|
---|
831 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
832 | uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy,
|
---|
833 | (char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy,
|
---|
834 | cbReadImage);
|
---|
835 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
836 | return rc;
|
---|
837 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
838 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
839 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
840 | memset((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy + cbReadImage,
|
---|
841 | '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
842 | }
|
---|
843 |
|
---|
844 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
845 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnWrite(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
846 | uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp,
|
---|
847 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead,
|
---|
848 | NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
849 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
850 | Assert(cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
851 | Assert(cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
852 |
|
---|
853 | return rc;
|
---|
854 | }
|
---|
855 |
|
---|
856 | /**
|
---|
857 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
858 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation optimizes out writes
|
---|
859 | * that do not change the data relative to the state as of the parent images.
|
---|
860 | * All backends which support differential/growing images support this.
|
---|
861 | */
|
---|
862 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimized(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage,
|
---|
863 | PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
864 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
865 | size_t cbThisWrite, size_t cbPreRead,
|
---|
866 | size_t cbPostRead, const void *pvBuf,
|
---|
867 | void *pvTmp)
|
---|
868 | {
|
---|
869 | size_t cbFill = 0;
|
---|
870 | size_t cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
871 | size_t cbReadImage = 0;
|
---|
872 | int rc;
|
---|
873 |
|
---|
874 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
875 | {
|
---|
876 | /* Figure out how much we cannnot read from the image, because
|
---|
877 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
878 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
879 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
880 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
881 |
|
---|
882 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
883 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
884 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
885 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
886 |
|
---|
887 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
888 | cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
889 | }
|
---|
890 |
|
---|
891 | /* Read the entire data of the block so that we can compare whether it will
|
---|
892 | * be modified by the write or not. */
|
---|
893 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride, uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp,
|
---|
894 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - cbFill);
|
---|
895 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
896 | return rc;
|
---|
897 |
|
---|
898 | /* Check if the write would modify anything in this block. */
|
---|
899 | if ( !memcmp((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead, pvBuf, cbThisWrite)
|
---|
900 | && (!cbWriteCopy || !memcmp((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite,
|
---|
901 | (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite, cbWriteCopy)))
|
---|
902 | {
|
---|
903 | /* Block is completely unchanged, so no need to write anything. */
|
---|
904 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
905 | }
|
---|
906 |
|
---|
907 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
908 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead, pvBuf, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
909 |
|
---|
910 | /* Handle the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
911 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
912 | {
|
---|
913 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
914 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
915 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite,
|
---|
916 | (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
917 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
918 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
919 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
920 | memset((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy + cbReadImage,
|
---|
921 | '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
922 | }
|
---|
923 |
|
---|
924 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
925 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnWrite(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
926 | uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp,
|
---|
927 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead,
|
---|
928 | NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
929 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
930 | Assert(cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
931 | Assert(cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
932 |
|
---|
933 | return rc;
|
---|
934 | }
|
---|
935 |
|
---|
936 | /**
|
---|
937 | * internal: write buffer to the image, taking care of block boundaries and
|
---|
938 | * write optimizations.
|
---|
939 | */
|
---|
940 | static int vdWriteHelper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
941 | uint64_t uOffset, const void *pvBuf, size_t cbWrite)
|
---|
942 | {
|
---|
943 | int rc;
|
---|
944 | unsigned fWrite;
|
---|
945 | size_t cbThisWrite;
|
---|
946 | size_t cbPreRead, cbPostRead;
|
---|
947 |
|
---|
948 | /* Loop until all written. */
|
---|
949 | do
|
---|
950 | {
|
---|
951 | /* Try to write the possibly partial block to the last opened image.
|
---|
952 | * This works when the block is already allocated in this image or
|
---|
953 | * if it is a full-block write (and allocation isn't suppressed below).
|
---|
954 | * For image formats which don't support zero blocks, it's beneficial
|
---|
955 | * to avoid unnecessarily allocating unchanged blocks. This prevents
|
---|
956 | * unwanted expanding of images. VMDK is an example. */
|
---|
957 | cbThisWrite = cbWrite;
|
---|
958 | fWrite = (pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
959 | ? 0 : VD_WRITE_NO_ALLOC;
|
---|
960 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnWrite(pImage->pvBackendData, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
961 | cbThisWrite, &cbThisWrite, &cbPreRead,
|
---|
962 | &cbPostRead, fWrite);
|
---|
963 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
964 | {
|
---|
965 | void *pvTmp = RTMemTmpAlloc(cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead);
|
---|
966 | AssertBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pvTmp), rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY);
|
---|
967 |
|
---|
968 | if (!(pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME))
|
---|
969 | {
|
---|
970 | /* Optimized write, suppress writing to a so far unallocated
|
---|
971 | * block if the data is in fact not changed. */
|
---|
972 | rc = vdWriteHelperOptimized(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
973 | uOffset, cbWrite,
|
---|
974 | cbThisWrite, cbPreRead, cbPostRead,
|
---|
975 | pvBuf, pvTmp);
|
---|
976 | }
|
---|
977 | else
|
---|
978 | {
|
---|
979 | /* Normal write, not optimized in any way. The block will
|
---|
980 | * be written no matter what. This will usually (unless the
|
---|
981 | * backend has some further optimization enabled) cause the
|
---|
982 | * block to be allocated. */
|
---|
983 | rc = vdWriteHelperStandard(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
984 | uOffset, cbWrite,
|
---|
985 | cbThisWrite, cbPreRead, cbPostRead,
|
---|
986 | pvBuf, pvTmp);
|
---|
987 | }
|
---|
988 | RTMemTmpFree(pvTmp);
|
---|
989 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
990 | break;
|
---|
991 | }
|
---|
992 |
|
---|
993 | cbWrite -= cbThisWrite;
|
---|
994 | uOffset += cbThisWrite;
|
---|
995 | pvBuf = (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite;
|
---|
996 | } while (cbWrite != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
997 |
|
---|
998 | return rc;
|
---|
999 | }
|
---|
1000 |
|
---|
1001 | /**
|
---|
1002 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
1003 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation does not optimize
|
---|
1004 | * anything (except that it tries to read only that portions from parent
|
---|
1005 | * images that are really needed) - async version.
|
---|
1006 | */
|
---|
1007 | static int vdWriteHelperStandardAsync(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage,
|
---|
1008 | PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
1009 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
1010 | size_t cbThisWrite, size_t cbPreRead,
|
---|
1011 | size_t cbPostRead, PVDIOCTX pIoCtxSrc,
|
---|
1012 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxDst)
|
---|
1013 | {
|
---|
1014 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1015 |
|
---|
1016 | /* Read the data that goes before the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
1017 | if (cbPreRead)
|
---|
1018 | {
|
---|
1019 | rc = vdReadHelperAsync(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride, pIoCtxDst,
|
---|
1020 | uOffset - cbPreRead, cbPreRead);
|
---|
1021 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1022 | return rc;
|
---|
1023 | }
|
---|
1024 |
|
---|
1025 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
1026 | vdIoCtxCopy(pIoCtxDst, pIoCtxSrc, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
1027 |
|
---|
1028 | /* Read the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
1029 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
1030 | {
|
---|
1031 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
1032 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
1033 | size_t cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
1034 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
1035 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
1036 | else
|
---|
1037 | cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
1038 | /* Figure out how much we cannnot read from the image, because
|
---|
1039 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
1040 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
1041 | size_t cbFill;
|
---|
1042 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
1043 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
1044 | else
|
---|
1045 | cbFill = 0;
|
---|
1046 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
1047 | size_t cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
1048 |
|
---|
1049 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
1050 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
1051 | {
|
---|
1052 | vdIoCtxCopy(pIoCtxDst, pIoCtxSrc, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
1053 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtxDst->cbTransferLeft, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
1054 | }
|
---|
1055 |
|
---|
1056 | if (cbReadImage)
|
---|
1057 | rc = vdReadHelperAsync(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride, pIoCtxDst,
|
---|
1058 | uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy,
|
---|
1059 | cbReadImage);
|
---|
1060 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1061 | return rc;
|
---|
1062 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
1063 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
1064 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
1065 | {
|
---|
1066 | vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtxDst, '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
1067 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtxDst->cbTransferLeft, cbFill);
|
---|
1068 | }
|
---|
1069 | }
|
---|
1070 |
|
---|
1071 | if ( !pIoCtxDst->cbTransferLeft
|
---|
1072 | && !pIoCtxDst->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1073 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxDst->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
1074 | {
|
---|
1075 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
1076 | vdIoCtxChildReset(pIoCtxDst);
|
---|
1077 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnAsyncWrite(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
1078 | uOffset - cbPreRead,
|
---|
1079 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead,
|
---|
1080 | pIoCtxDst,
|
---|
1081 | NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
1082 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
1083 | Assert(cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
1084 | Assert(cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
1085 | }
|
---|
1086 | else
|
---|
1087 | {
|
---|
1088 | LogFlow(("cbTransferLeft=%u cMetaTransfersPending=%u fComplete=%RTbool\n",
|
---|
1089 | pIoCtxDst->cbTransferLeft, pIoCtxDst->cMetaTransfersPending,
|
---|
1090 | pIoCtxDst->fComplete));
|
---|
1091 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1092 | }
|
---|
1093 |
|
---|
1094 | return rc;
|
---|
1095 | }
|
---|
1096 |
|
---|
1097 | /**
|
---|
1098 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
1099 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation optimizes out writes
|
---|
1100 | * that do not change the data relative to the state as of the parent images.
|
---|
1101 | * All backends which support differential/growing images support this - async version.
|
---|
1102 | */
|
---|
1103 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimizedAsync(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage,
|
---|
1104 | PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
1105 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
1106 | size_t cbThisWrite, size_t cbPreRead,
|
---|
1107 | size_t cbPostRead, PVDIOCTX pIoCtxSrc,
|
---|
1108 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxDst)
|
---|
1109 | {
|
---|
1110 | size_t cbFill = 0;
|
---|
1111 | size_t cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
1112 | size_t cbReadImage = 0;
|
---|
1113 | int rc;
|
---|
1114 |
|
---|
1115 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
1116 | {
|
---|
1117 | /* Figure out how much we cannnot read from the image, because
|
---|
1118 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
1119 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
1120 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
1121 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
1122 |
|
---|
1123 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
1124 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
1125 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
1126 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
1127 |
|
---|
1128 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
1129 | cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
1130 | }
|
---|
1131 |
|
---|
1132 | /* Read the entire data of the block so that we can compare whether it will
|
---|
1133 | * be modified by the write or not. */
|
---|
1134 | rc = vdReadHelperAsync(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride, pIoCtxDst,
|
---|
1135 | uOffset - cbPreRead,
|
---|
1136 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - cbFill);
|
---|
1137 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1138 | return rc;
|
---|
1139 |
|
---|
1140 | #if 0
|
---|
1141 | /* Check if the write would modify anything in this block. */
|
---|
1142 | if ( !memcmp((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead, pvBuf, cbThisWrite)
|
---|
1143 | && (!cbWriteCopy || !memcmp((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite,
|
---|
1144 | (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite, cbWriteCopy)))
|
---|
1145 | {
|
---|
1146 | /* Block is completely unchanged, so no need to write anything. */
|
---|
1147 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1148 | }
|
---|
1149 |
|
---|
1150 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
1151 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead, pvBuf, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
1152 |
|
---|
1153 | /* Handle the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
1154 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
1155 | {
|
---|
1156 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
1157 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
1158 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite,
|
---|
1159 | (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
1160 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
1161 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
1162 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
1163 | memset((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy + cbReadImage,
|
---|
1164 | '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
1165 | }
|
---|
1166 |
|
---|
1167 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
1168 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnWrite(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
1169 | uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp,
|
---|
1170 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead,
|
---|
1171 | NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
1172 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
1173 | Assert(cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
1174 | Assert(cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
1175 | #endif
|
---|
1176 | return rc;
|
---|
1177 | }
|
---|
1178 |
|
---|
1179 | /**
|
---|
1180 | * internal: write buffer to the image, taking care of block boundaries and
|
---|
1181 | * write optimizations - async version.
|
---|
1182 | */
|
---|
1183 | static int vdWriteHelperAsync(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
1184 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite)
|
---|
1185 | {
|
---|
1186 | int rc;
|
---|
1187 | unsigned fWrite;
|
---|
1188 | size_t cbThisWrite;
|
---|
1189 | size_t cbPreRead, cbPostRead;
|
---|
1190 |
|
---|
1191 | /* Loop until all written. */
|
---|
1192 | do
|
---|
1193 | {
|
---|
1194 | /* Try to write the possibly partial block to the last opened image.
|
---|
1195 | * This works when the block is already allocated in this image or
|
---|
1196 | * if it is a full-block write (and allocation isn't suppressed below).
|
---|
1197 | * For image formats which don't support zero blocks, it's beneficial
|
---|
1198 | * to avoid unnecessarily allocating unchanged blocks. This prevents
|
---|
1199 | * unwanted expanding of images. VMDK is an example. */
|
---|
1200 | cbThisWrite = cbWrite;
|
---|
1201 | fWrite = (pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
1202 | ? 0 : VD_WRITE_NO_ALLOC;
|
---|
1203 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnAsyncWrite(pImage->pvBackendData, uOffset,
|
---|
1204 | cbThisWrite, pIoCtx,
|
---|
1205 | &cbThisWrite, &cbPreRead,
|
---|
1206 | &cbPostRead, fWrite);
|
---|
1207 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
1208 | {
|
---|
1209 | /*
|
---|
1210 | * Allocate segment and buffer in one go.
|
---|
1211 | * A bit hackish but avoids the need to allocate memory twice.
|
---|
1212 | */
|
---|
1213 | PRTSGSEG pTmp = (PRTSGSEG)RTMemTmpAlloc(cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead + sizeof(RTSGSEG));
|
---|
1214 | AssertBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pTmp), rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY);
|
---|
1215 |
|
---|
1216 | pTmp->pvSeg = pTmp + 1;
|
---|
1217 | pTmp->cbSeg = cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead;
|
---|
1218 |
|
---|
1219 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxWrite = vdIoCtxChildAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE,
|
---|
1220 | uOffset, pTmp->cbSeg,
|
---|
1221 | pTmp, 1,
|
---|
1222 | pIoCtx, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
1223 | if (!VALID_PTR(pIoCtxWrite))
|
---|
1224 | {
|
---|
1225 | RTMemTmpFree(pTmp);
|
---|
1226 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1227 | break;
|
---|
1228 | }
|
---|
1229 |
|
---|
1230 | if (!(pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME))
|
---|
1231 | {
|
---|
1232 | /* Optimized write, suppress writing to a so far unallocated
|
---|
1233 | * block if the data is in fact not changed. */
|
---|
1234 | rc = vdWriteHelperOptimizedAsync(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
1235 | uOffset, cbWrite,
|
---|
1236 | cbThisWrite, cbPreRead, cbPostRead,
|
---|
1237 | pIoCtx, pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
1238 | }
|
---|
1239 | else
|
---|
1240 | {
|
---|
1241 | /* Normal write, not optimized in any way. The block will
|
---|
1242 | * be written no matter what. This will usually (unless the
|
---|
1243 | * backend has some further optimization enabled) cause the
|
---|
1244 | * block to be allocated. */
|
---|
1245 | rc = vdWriteHelperStandardAsync(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
1246 | uOffset, cbWrite,
|
---|
1247 | cbThisWrite, cbPreRead, cbPostRead,
|
---|
1248 | pIoCtx, pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
1249 | }
|
---|
1250 |
|
---|
1251 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1252 | {
|
---|
1253 | RTMemTmpFree(pTmp);
|
---|
1254 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
1255 | break;
|
---|
1256 | }
|
---|
1257 |
|
---|
1258 | if ( !(pIoCtxWrite->cbTransferLeft || pIoCtxWrite->cMetaTransfersPending)
|
---|
1259 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxWrite->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
1260 | {
|
---|
1261 | RTMemTmpFree(pTmp);
|
---|
1262 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
1263 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
1264 | }
|
---|
1265 | }
|
---|
1266 |
|
---|
1267 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1268 | break;
|
---|
1269 |
|
---|
1270 | cbWrite -= cbThisWrite;
|
---|
1271 | uOffset += cbThisWrite;
|
---|
1272 | } while (cbWrite != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
1273 |
|
---|
1274 | return rc;
|
---|
1275 | }
|
---|
1276 |
|
---|
1277 | /**
|
---|
1278 | * internal: scans plugin directory and loads the backends have been found.
|
---|
1279 | */
|
---|
1280 | static int vdLoadDynamicBackends()
|
---|
1281 | {
|
---|
1282 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1283 | PRTDIR pPluginDir = NULL;
|
---|
1284 |
|
---|
1285 | /* Enumerate plugin backends. */
|
---|
1286 | char szPath[RTPATH_MAX];
|
---|
1287 | rc = RTPathAppPrivateArch(szPath, sizeof(szPath));
|
---|
1288 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1289 | return rc;
|
---|
1290 |
|
---|
1291 | /* To get all entries with VBoxHDD as prefix. */
|
---|
1292 | char *pszPluginFilter;
|
---|
1293 | rc = RTStrAPrintf(&pszPluginFilter, "%s/%s*", szPath,
|
---|
1294 | VBOX_HDDFORMAT_PLUGIN_PREFIX);
|
---|
1295 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1296 | {
|
---|
1297 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1298 | return rc;
|
---|
1299 | }
|
---|
1300 |
|
---|
1301 | PRTDIRENTRYEX pPluginDirEntry = NULL;
|
---|
1302 | size_t cbPluginDirEntry = sizeof(RTDIRENTRYEX);
|
---|
1303 | /* The plugins are in the same directory as the other shared libs. */
|
---|
1304 | rc = RTDirOpenFiltered(&pPluginDir, pszPluginFilter, RTDIRFILTER_WINNT);
|
---|
1305 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1306 | {
|
---|
1307 | /* On Windows the above immediately signals that there are no
|
---|
1308 | * files matching, while on other platforms enumerating the
|
---|
1309 | * files below fails. Either way: no plugins. */
|
---|
1310 | goto out;
|
---|
1311 | }
|
---|
1312 |
|
---|
1313 | pPluginDirEntry = (PRTDIRENTRYEX)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(RTDIRENTRYEX));
|
---|
1314 | if (!pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
1315 | {
|
---|
1316 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1317 | goto out;
|
---|
1318 | }
|
---|
1319 |
|
---|
1320 | while ((rc = RTDirReadEx(pPluginDir, pPluginDirEntry, &cbPluginDirEntry, RTFSOBJATTRADD_NOTHING, RTPATH_F_ON_LINK)) != VERR_NO_MORE_FILES)
|
---|
1321 | {
|
---|
1322 | RTLDRMOD hPlugin = NIL_RTLDRMOD;
|
---|
1323 | PFNVBOXHDDFORMATLOAD pfnHDDFormatLoad = NULL;
|
---|
1324 | PVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
1325 | char *pszPluginPath = NULL;
|
---|
1326 |
|
---|
1327 | if (rc == VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW)
|
---|
1328 | {
|
---|
1329 | /* allocate new buffer. */
|
---|
1330 | RTMemFree(pPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
1331 | pPluginDirEntry = (PRTDIRENTRYEX)RTMemAllocZ(cbPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
1332 | /* Retry. */
|
---|
1333 | rc = RTDirReadEx(pPluginDir, pPluginDirEntry, &cbPluginDirEntry, RTFSOBJATTRADD_NOTHING, RTPATH_F_ON_LINK);
|
---|
1334 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1335 | break;
|
---|
1336 | }
|
---|
1337 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1338 | break;
|
---|
1339 |
|
---|
1340 | /* We got the new entry. */
|
---|
1341 | if (!RTFS_IS_FILE(pPluginDirEntry->Info.Attr.fMode))
|
---|
1342 | continue;
|
---|
1343 |
|
---|
1344 | /* Prepend the path to the libraries. */
|
---|
1345 | rc = RTStrAPrintf(&pszPluginPath, "%s/%s", szPath, pPluginDirEntry->szName);
|
---|
1346 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1347 | {
|
---|
1348 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1349 | break;
|
---|
1350 | }
|
---|
1351 |
|
---|
1352 | rc = SUPR3HardenedLdrLoad(pszPluginPath, &hPlugin);
|
---|
1353 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1354 | {
|
---|
1355 | rc = RTLdrGetSymbol(hPlugin, VBOX_HDDFORMAT_LOAD_NAME, (void**)&pfnHDDFormatLoad);
|
---|
1356 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) || !pfnHDDFormatLoad)
|
---|
1357 | {
|
---|
1358 | LogFunc(("error resolving the entry point %s in plugin %s, rc=%Rrc, pfnHDDFormat=%#p\n", VBOX_HDDFORMAT_LOAD_NAME, pPluginDirEntry->szName, rc, pfnHDDFormatLoad));
|
---|
1359 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1360 | rc = VERR_SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
1361 | }
|
---|
1362 |
|
---|
1363 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1364 | {
|
---|
1365 | /* Get the function table. */
|
---|
1366 | rc = pfnHDDFormatLoad(&pBackend);
|
---|
1367 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pBackend->cbSize == sizeof(VBOXHDDBACKEND))
|
---|
1368 | {
|
---|
1369 | pBackend->hPlugin = hPlugin;
|
---|
1370 | vdAddBackend(pBackend);
|
---|
1371 | }
|
---|
1372 | else
|
---|
1373 | LogFunc(("ignored plugin '%s': pBackend->cbSize=%d rc=%Rrc\n", pszPluginPath, pBackend->cbSize, rc));
|
---|
1374 | }
|
---|
1375 | else
|
---|
1376 | LogFunc(("ignored plugin '%s': rc=%Rrc\n", pszPluginPath, rc));
|
---|
1377 |
|
---|
1378 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1379 | RTLdrClose(hPlugin);
|
---|
1380 | }
|
---|
1381 | RTStrFree(pszPluginPath);
|
---|
1382 | }
|
---|
1383 | out:
|
---|
1384 | if (rc == VERR_NO_MORE_FILES)
|
---|
1385 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1386 | RTStrFree(pszPluginFilter);
|
---|
1387 | if (pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
1388 | RTMemFree(pPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
1389 | if (pPluginDir)
|
---|
1390 | RTDirClose(pPluginDir);
|
---|
1391 | return rc;
|
---|
1392 | }
|
---|
1393 |
|
---|
1394 | /**
|
---|
1395 | * VD async I/O interface open callback.
|
---|
1396 | */
|
---|
1397 | static int vdAsyncIOOpen(void *pvUser, const char *pszLocation, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
1398 | PFNVDCOMPLETED pfnCompleted, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
1399 | void **ppStorage)
|
---|
1400 | {
|
---|
1401 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIASYNCIOSTORAGE));
|
---|
1402 |
|
---|
1403 | if (!pStorage)
|
---|
1404 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1405 |
|
---|
1406 | pStorage->pfnCompleted = pfnCompleted;
|
---|
1407 |
|
---|
1408 | uint32_t fOpen = 0;
|
---|
1409 |
|
---|
1410 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_INTERFACEASYNCIO_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
1411 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_READ | RTFILE_O_DENY_NONE;
|
---|
1412 | else
|
---|
1413 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_READWRITE | RTFILE_O_DENY_WRITE;
|
---|
1414 |
|
---|
1415 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_INTERFACEASYNCIO_OPEN_FLAGS_CREATE)
|
---|
1416 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_CREATE;
|
---|
1417 | else
|
---|
1418 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_OPEN;
|
---|
1419 |
|
---|
1420 | /* Open the file. */
|
---|
1421 | int rc = RTFileOpen(&pStorage->File, pszLocation, fOpen);
|
---|
1422 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1423 | {
|
---|
1424 | *ppStorage = pStorage;
|
---|
1425 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1426 | }
|
---|
1427 |
|
---|
1428 | RTMemFree(pStorage);
|
---|
1429 | return rc;
|
---|
1430 | }
|
---|
1431 |
|
---|
1432 | /**
|
---|
1433 | * VD async I/O interface close callback.
|
---|
1434 | */
|
---|
1435 | static int vdAsyncIOClose(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage)
|
---|
1436 | {
|
---|
1437 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
1438 |
|
---|
1439 | RTFileClose(pStorage->File);
|
---|
1440 | RTMemFree(pStorage);
|
---|
1441 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1442 | }
|
---|
1443 |
|
---|
1444 | /**
|
---|
1445 | * VD async I/O interface callback for retrieving the file size.
|
---|
1446 | */
|
---|
1447 | static int vdAsyncIOGetSize(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t *pcbSize)
|
---|
1448 | {
|
---|
1449 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
1450 |
|
---|
1451 | return RTFileGetSize(pStorage->File, pcbSize);
|
---|
1452 | }
|
---|
1453 |
|
---|
1454 | /**
|
---|
1455 | * VD async I/O interface callback for setting the file size.
|
---|
1456 | */
|
---|
1457 | static int vdAsyncIOSetSize(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
1458 | {
|
---|
1459 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
1460 |
|
---|
1461 | return RTFileSetSize(pStorage->File, cbSize);
|
---|
1462 | }
|
---|
1463 |
|
---|
1464 | /**
|
---|
1465 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a synchronous write to the file.
|
---|
1466 | */
|
---|
1467 | static int vdAsyncIOWriteSync(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1468 | size_t cbWrite, const void *pvBuf, size_t *pcbWritten)
|
---|
1469 | {
|
---|
1470 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
1471 |
|
---|
1472 | return RTFileWriteAt(pStorage->File, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite, pcbWritten);
|
---|
1473 | }
|
---|
1474 |
|
---|
1475 | /**
|
---|
1476 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a synchronous read from the file.
|
---|
1477 | */
|
---|
1478 | static int vdAsyncIOReadSync(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1479 | size_t cbRead, void *pvBuf, size_t *pcbRead)
|
---|
1480 | {
|
---|
1481 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
1482 |
|
---|
1483 | return RTFileReadAt(pStorage->File, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead, pcbRead);
|
---|
1484 | }
|
---|
1485 |
|
---|
1486 | /**
|
---|
1487 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a synchronous flush of the file data.
|
---|
1488 | */
|
---|
1489 | static int vdAsyncIOFlushSync(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage)
|
---|
1490 | {
|
---|
1491 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
1492 |
|
---|
1493 | return RTFileFlush(pStorage->File);
|
---|
1494 | }
|
---|
1495 |
|
---|
1496 | /**
|
---|
1497 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a asynchronous read from the file.
|
---|
1498 | */
|
---|
1499 | static int vdAsyncIOReadAsync(void *pvUser, void *pStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1500 | PCRTSGSEG paSegments, size_t cSegments,
|
---|
1501 | size_t cbRead, void *pvCompletion,
|
---|
1502 | void **ppTask)
|
---|
1503 | {
|
---|
1504 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
1505 | }
|
---|
1506 |
|
---|
1507 | /**
|
---|
1508 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a asynchronous write to the file.
|
---|
1509 | */
|
---|
1510 | static int vdAsyncIOWriteAsync(void *pvUser, void *pStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1511 | PCRTSGSEG paSegments, size_t cSegments,
|
---|
1512 | size_t cbWrite, void *pvCompletion,
|
---|
1513 | void **ppTask)
|
---|
1514 | {
|
---|
1515 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
1516 | }
|
---|
1517 |
|
---|
1518 | /**
|
---|
1519 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a asynchronous flush of the file data.
|
---|
1520 | */
|
---|
1521 | static int vdAsyncIOFlushAsync(void *pvUser, void *pStorage,
|
---|
1522 | void *pvCompletion, void **ppTask)
|
---|
1523 | {
|
---|
1524 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
1525 | }
|
---|
1526 |
|
---|
1527 | static int vdIOReqCompleted(void *pvUser)
|
---|
1528 | {
|
---|
1529 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = (PVDIOTASK)pvUser;
|
---|
1530 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = pIoTask->pIoCtx;
|
---|
1531 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
1532 |
|
---|
1533 | LogFlowFunc(("Task completed pIoTask=%#p pIoCtx=%#p pDisk=%#p\n",
|
---|
1534 | pIoTask, pIoCtx, pDisk));
|
---|
1535 |
|
---|
1536 | if (!pIoTask->fMeta)
|
---|
1537 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, pIoTask->Type.User.cbTransfer);
|
---|
1538 | else
|
---|
1539 | {
|
---|
1540 | Assert(pIoTask->Type.Meta.enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE);
|
---|
1541 | if (pIoTask->Type.Meta.pfnMetaComplete)
|
---|
1542 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.pfnMetaComplete(NULL, pIoTask->Type.Meta.pvMetaUser);
|
---|
1543 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
1544 | }
|
---|
1545 |
|
---|
1546 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
1547 |
|
---|
1548 | if ( !pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft
|
---|
1549 | && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1550 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
1551 | {
|
---|
1552 | LogFlowFunc(("I/O context completed\n"));
|
---|
1553 | Assert(!pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1554 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pfnComplete(pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser1, pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser2);
|
---|
1555 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1556 | }
|
---|
1557 |
|
---|
1558 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1559 | }
|
---|
1560 |
|
---|
1561 | /**
|
---|
1562 | * VD I/O interface callback for opening a file.
|
---|
1563 | */
|
---|
1564 | static int vdIOOpen(void *pvUser, const char *pszLocation,
|
---|
1565 | unsigned uOpenFlags, PPVDIOSTORAGE ppIoStorage)
|
---|
1566 | {
|
---|
1567 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1568 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)pvUser;
|
---|
1569 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage = (PVDIOSTORAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOSTORAGE));
|
---|
1570 |
|
---|
1571 | if (!pIoStorage)
|
---|
1572 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1573 |
|
---|
1574 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnOpen(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1575 | pszLocation, uOpenFlags,
|
---|
1576 | vdIOReqCompleted,
|
---|
1577 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
1578 | &pIoStorage->u.pStorage);
|
---|
1579 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1580 | *ppIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
1581 | else
|
---|
1582 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
1583 |
|
---|
1584 | return rc;
|
---|
1585 | }
|
---|
1586 |
|
---|
1587 | static int vdIOClose(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
1588 | {
|
---|
1589 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)pvUser;
|
---|
1590 |
|
---|
1591 | int rc = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnClose(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1592 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage);
|
---|
1593 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
1594 |
|
---|
1595 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
1596 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1597 | }
|
---|
1598 |
|
---|
1599 | static int vdIOGetSize(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
1600 | uint64_t *pcbSize)
|
---|
1601 | {
|
---|
1602 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)pvUser;
|
---|
1603 |
|
---|
1604 | return pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnGetSize(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1605 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1606 | pcbSize);
|
---|
1607 | }
|
---|
1608 |
|
---|
1609 | static int vdIOSetSize(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
1610 | uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
1611 | {
|
---|
1612 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)pvUser;
|
---|
1613 |
|
---|
1614 | return pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnSetSize(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1615 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1616 | cbSize);
|
---|
1617 | }
|
---|
1618 |
|
---|
1619 | static int vdIOWriteSync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1620 | size_t cbWrite, const void *pvBuf, size_t *pcbWritten)
|
---|
1621 | {
|
---|
1622 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)pvUser;
|
---|
1623 |
|
---|
1624 | return pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnWriteSync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1625 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1626 | uOffset, cbWrite, pvBuf,
|
---|
1627 | pcbWritten);
|
---|
1628 | }
|
---|
1629 |
|
---|
1630 | static int vdIOReadSync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1631 | size_t cbRead, void *pvBuf, size_t *pcbRead)
|
---|
1632 | {
|
---|
1633 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)pvUser;
|
---|
1634 |
|
---|
1635 | return pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnReadSync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1636 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1637 | uOffset, cbRead, pvBuf,
|
---|
1638 | pcbRead);
|
---|
1639 | }
|
---|
1640 |
|
---|
1641 | static int vdIOFlushSync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
1642 | {
|
---|
1643 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)pvUser;
|
---|
1644 |
|
---|
1645 | return pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnFlushSync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1646 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage);
|
---|
1647 | }
|
---|
1648 |
|
---|
1649 | static int vdIOReadUserAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
1650 | uint64_t uOffset, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
1651 | size_t cbRead)
|
---|
1652 | {
|
---|
1653 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1654 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)pvUser;
|
---|
1655 |
|
---|
1656 | /* Build the S/G array and spawn a new I/O task */
|
---|
1657 | while (cbRead)
|
---|
1658 | {
|
---|
1659 | RTSGSEG aSeg[VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX];
|
---|
1660 | unsigned cSegments = VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX;
|
---|
1661 | size_t cbTaskRead = 0;
|
---|
1662 |
|
---|
1663 | cbTaskRead = RTSgBufSegArrayCreate(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, aSeg, &cSegments, cbRead);
|
---|
1664 |
|
---|
1665 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = vdIoTaskUserAlloc(pDisk, pIoCtx, cbTaskRead);
|
---|
1666 |
|
---|
1667 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
1668 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1669 |
|
---|
1670 | void *pvTask;
|
---|
1671 | int rc2 = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnReadAsync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1672 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1673 | uOffset, aSeg, cSegments,
|
---|
1674 | cbTaskRead, pIoTask,
|
---|
1675 | &pvTask);
|
---|
1676 | if (rc2 == VINF_SUCCESS)
|
---|
1677 | {
|
---|
1678 | AssertMsg(cbTaskRead <= pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, ("Impossible!\n"));
|
---|
1679 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, cbTaskRead);
|
---|
1680 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
1681 | }
|
---|
1682 | else if (rc2 == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
1683 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1684 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
1685 | {
|
---|
1686 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
1687 | break;
|
---|
1688 | }
|
---|
1689 |
|
---|
1690 | uOffset += cbTaskRead;
|
---|
1691 | cbRead -= cbTaskRead;
|
---|
1692 | }
|
---|
1693 |
|
---|
1694 | return rc;
|
---|
1695 | }
|
---|
1696 |
|
---|
1697 | static int vdIOWriteUserAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
1698 | uint64_t uOffset, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
1699 | size_t cbWrite)
|
---|
1700 | {
|
---|
1701 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1702 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)pvUser;
|
---|
1703 |
|
---|
1704 | /* Build the S/G array and spawn a new I/O task */
|
---|
1705 | while (cbWrite)
|
---|
1706 | {
|
---|
1707 | RTSGSEG aSeg[VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX];
|
---|
1708 | unsigned cSegments = VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX;
|
---|
1709 | size_t cbTaskWrite = 0;
|
---|
1710 |
|
---|
1711 | cbTaskWrite = RTSgBufSegArrayCreate(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, aSeg, &cSegments, cbWrite);
|
---|
1712 |
|
---|
1713 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = vdIoTaskUserAlloc(pDisk, pIoCtx, cbTaskWrite);
|
---|
1714 |
|
---|
1715 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
1716 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1717 |
|
---|
1718 | void *pvTask;
|
---|
1719 | int rc2 = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnWriteAsync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1720 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1721 | uOffset, aSeg, cSegments,
|
---|
1722 | cbTaskWrite, pIoTask,
|
---|
1723 | &pvTask);
|
---|
1724 | if (rc2 == VINF_SUCCESS)
|
---|
1725 | {
|
---|
1726 | AssertMsg(cbTaskWrite <= pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, ("Impossible!\n"));
|
---|
1727 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, cbTaskWrite);
|
---|
1728 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
1729 | }
|
---|
1730 | else if (rc2 == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
1731 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1732 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
1733 | {
|
---|
1734 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
1735 | break;
|
---|
1736 | }
|
---|
1737 |
|
---|
1738 | uOffset += cbTaskWrite;
|
---|
1739 | cbWrite -= cbTaskWrite;
|
---|
1740 | }
|
---|
1741 |
|
---|
1742 | return rc;
|
---|
1743 | }
|
---|
1744 |
|
---|
1745 | static int vdIOReadMetaAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
1746 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
1747 | size_t cbRead, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
1748 | PFNVDMETACOMPLETED pfnMetaComplete,
|
---|
1749 | void *pvMetaUser)
|
---|
1750 | {
|
---|
1751 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)pvUser;
|
---|
1752 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1753 | RTSGSEG Seg;
|
---|
1754 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask;
|
---|
1755 | void *pvTask = NULL;
|
---|
1756 |
|
---|
1757 | pIoTask = vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(pDisk, pIoCtx, VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ,
|
---|
1758 | pfnMetaComplete, pvMetaUser);
|
---|
1759 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
1760 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1761 |
|
---|
1762 | Seg.cbSeg = cbRead;
|
---|
1763 | Seg.pvSeg = pvBuf;
|
---|
1764 |
|
---|
1765 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
1766 |
|
---|
1767 | int rc2 = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnReadAsync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1768 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1769 | uOffset, &Seg, 1,
|
---|
1770 | cbRead, pIoTask,
|
---|
1771 | &pvTask);
|
---|
1772 | if (rc2 == VINF_SUCCESS)
|
---|
1773 | {
|
---|
1774 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
1775 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
1776 | }
|
---|
1777 | else if (rc2 == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
1778 | rc = VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA;
|
---|
1779 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
1780 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
1781 |
|
---|
1782 | return rc;
|
---|
1783 | }
|
---|
1784 |
|
---|
1785 | static int vdIOWriteMetaAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
1786 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
1787 | size_t cbWrite, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
1788 | PFNVDMETACOMPLETED pfnMetaComplete,
|
---|
1789 | void *pvMetaUser)
|
---|
1790 | {
|
---|
1791 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)pvUser;
|
---|
1792 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1793 | RTSGSEG Seg;
|
---|
1794 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask;
|
---|
1795 | void *pvTask = NULL;
|
---|
1796 |
|
---|
1797 | pIoTask = vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(pDisk, pIoCtx, VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE,
|
---|
1798 | pfnMetaComplete, pvMetaUser);
|
---|
1799 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
1800 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1801 |
|
---|
1802 | Seg.cbSeg = cbWrite;
|
---|
1803 | Seg.pvSeg = pvBuf;
|
---|
1804 |
|
---|
1805 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
1806 |
|
---|
1807 | int rc2 = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnWriteAsync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1808 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1809 | uOffset, &Seg, 1,
|
---|
1810 | cbWrite, pIoTask,
|
---|
1811 | &pvTask);
|
---|
1812 | if (rc2 == VINF_SUCCESS)
|
---|
1813 | {
|
---|
1814 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
1815 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
1816 | }
|
---|
1817 | else if (rc2 == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
1818 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1819 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
1820 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
1821 |
|
---|
1822 | return rc;
|
---|
1823 | }
|
---|
1824 |
|
---|
1825 | static int vdIOFlushAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
1826 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1827 | {
|
---|
1828 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
1829 | }
|
---|
1830 |
|
---|
1831 | static size_t vdIOIoCtxCopyTo(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
1832 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbBuf)
|
---|
1833 | {
|
---|
1834 | return vdIoCtxCopyTo(pIoCtx, (uint8_t *)pvBuf, cbBuf);
|
---|
1835 | }
|
---|
1836 |
|
---|
1837 | static size_t vdIOIoCtxCopyFrom(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
1838 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbBuf)
|
---|
1839 | {
|
---|
1840 | return vdIoCtxCopyFrom(pIoCtx, (uint8_t *)pvBuf, cbBuf);
|
---|
1841 | }
|
---|
1842 |
|
---|
1843 | static size_t vdIOIoCtxSet(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
1844 | int ch, size_t cb)
|
---|
1845 | {
|
---|
1846 | return vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, ch, cb);
|
---|
1847 | }
|
---|
1848 |
|
---|
1849 | /**
|
---|
1850 | * VD I/O interface callback for opening a file (limited version for VDGetFormat).
|
---|
1851 | */
|
---|
1852 | static int vdIOOpenLimited(void *pvUser, const char *pszLocation,
|
---|
1853 | unsigned uOpenFlags, PPVDIOSTORAGE ppIoStorage)
|
---|
1854 | {
|
---|
1855 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1856 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage = (PVDIOSTORAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOSTORAGE));
|
---|
1857 |
|
---|
1858 | if (!pIoStorage)
|
---|
1859 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1860 |
|
---|
1861 | uint32_t fOpen = 0;
|
---|
1862 |
|
---|
1863 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_INTERFACEASYNCIO_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
1864 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_READ | RTFILE_O_DENY_NONE;
|
---|
1865 | else
|
---|
1866 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_READWRITE | RTFILE_O_DENY_WRITE;
|
---|
1867 |
|
---|
1868 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_INTERFACEASYNCIO_OPEN_FLAGS_CREATE)
|
---|
1869 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_CREATE;
|
---|
1870 | else
|
---|
1871 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_OPEN;
|
---|
1872 |
|
---|
1873 | rc = RTFileOpen(&pIoStorage->u.hFile, pszLocation, fOpen);
|
---|
1874 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1875 | *ppIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
1876 | else
|
---|
1877 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
1878 |
|
---|
1879 | return rc;
|
---|
1880 | }
|
---|
1881 |
|
---|
1882 | static int vdIOCloseLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
1883 | {
|
---|
1884 | int rc = RTFileClose(pIoStorage->u.hFile);
|
---|
1885 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
1886 |
|
---|
1887 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
1888 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1889 | }
|
---|
1890 |
|
---|
1891 | static int vdIOGetSizeLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
1892 | uint64_t *pcbSize)
|
---|
1893 | {
|
---|
1894 | return RTFileGetSize(pIoStorage->u.hFile, pcbSize);
|
---|
1895 | }
|
---|
1896 |
|
---|
1897 | static int vdIOSetSizeLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
1898 | uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
1899 | {
|
---|
1900 | return RTFileSetSize(pIoStorage->u.hFile, cbSize);
|
---|
1901 | }
|
---|
1902 |
|
---|
1903 | static int vdIOWriteSyncLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1904 | size_t cbWrite, const void *pvBuf, size_t *pcbWritten)
|
---|
1905 | {
|
---|
1906 | return RTFileWriteAt(pIoStorage->u.hFile, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite, pcbWritten);
|
---|
1907 | }
|
---|
1908 |
|
---|
1909 | static int vdIOReadSyncLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1910 | size_t cbRead, void *pvBuf, size_t *pcbRead)
|
---|
1911 | {
|
---|
1912 | return RTFileReadAt(pIoStorage->u.hFile, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead, pcbRead);
|
---|
1913 | }
|
---|
1914 |
|
---|
1915 | static int vdIOFlushSyncLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
1916 | {
|
---|
1917 | return RTFileFlush(pIoStorage->u.hFile);
|
---|
1918 | }
|
---|
1919 |
|
---|
1920 |
|
---|
1921 | /**
|
---|
1922 | * internal: send output to the log (unconditionally).
|
---|
1923 | */
|
---|
1924 | int vdLogMessage(void *pvUser, const char *pszFormat, ...)
|
---|
1925 | {
|
---|
1926 | NOREF(pvUser);
|
---|
1927 | va_list args;
|
---|
1928 | va_start(args, pszFormat);
|
---|
1929 | RTLogPrintf(pszFormat, args);
|
---|
1930 | va_end(args);
|
---|
1931 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1932 | }
|
---|
1933 |
|
---|
1934 |
|
---|
1935 | /**
|
---|
1936 | * Initializes HDD backends.
|
---|
1937 | *
|
---|
1938 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1939 | */
|
---|
1940 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDInit(void)
|
---|
1941 | {
|
---|
1942 | int rc = vdAddBackends(aStaticBackends, RT_ELEMENTS(aStaticBackends));
|
---|
1943 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1944 | rc = vdLoadDynamicBackends();
|
---|
1945 | LogRel(("VDInit finished\n"));
|
---|
1946 | return rc;
|
---|
1947 | }
|
---|
1948 |
|
---|
1949 | /**
|
---|
1950 | * Destroys loaded HDD backends.
|
---|
1951 | *
|
---|
1952 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1953 | */
|
---|
1954 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDShutdown(void)
|
---|
1955 | {
|
---|
1956 | PVBOXHDDBACKEND *pBackends = g_apBackends;
|
---|
1957 | unsigned cBackends = g_cBackends;
|
---|
1958 |
|
---|
1959 | if (!pBackends)
|
---|
1960 | return VERR_INTERNAL_ERROR;
|
---|
1961 |
|
---|
1962 | g_cBackends = 0;
|
---|
1963 | g_apBackends = NULL;
|
---|
1964 |
|
---|
1965 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cBackends; i++)
|
---|
1966 | if (pBackends[i]->hPlugin != NIL_RTLDRMOD)
|
---|
1967 | RTLdrClose(pBackends[i]->hPlugin);
|
---|
1968 |
|
---|
1969 | RTMemFree(pBackends);
|
---|
1970 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1971 | }
|
---|
1972 |
|
---|
1973 |
|
---|
1974 | /**
|
---|
1975 | * Lists all HDD backends and their capabilities in a caller-provided buffer.
|
---|
1976 | *
|
---|
1977 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1978 | * VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if not enough space is passed.
|
---|
1979 | * @param cEntriesAlloc Number of list entries available.
|
---|
1980 | * @param pEntries Pointer to array for the entries.
|
---|
1981 | * @param pcEntriesUsed Number of entries returned.
|
---|
1982 | */
|
---|
1983 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDBackendInfo(unsigned cEntriesAlloc, PVDBACKENDINFO pEntries,
|
---|
1984 | unsigned *pcEntriesUsed)
|
---|
1985 | {
|
---|
1986 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1987 | PRTDIR pPluginDir = NULL;
|
---|
1988 | unsigned cEntries = 0;
|
---|
1989 |
|
---|
1990 | LogFlowFunc(("cEntriesAlloc=%u pEntries=%#p pcEntriesUsed=%#p\n", cEntriesAlloc, pEntries, pcEntriesUsed));
|
---|
1991 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
1992 | AssertMsgReturn(cEntriesAlloc,
|
---|
1993 | ("cEntriesAlloc=%u\n", cEntriesAlloc),
|
---|
1994 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
1995 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pEntries),
|
---|
1996 | ("pEntries=%#p\n", pEntries),
|
---|
1997 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
1998 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pcEntriesUsed),
|
---|
1999 | ("pcEntriesUsed=%#p\n", pcEntriesUsed),
|
---|
2000 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2001 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
2002 | VDInit();
|
---|
2003 |
|
---|
2004 | if (cEntriesAlloc < g_cBackends)
|
---|
2005 | {
|
---|
2006 | *pcEntriesUsed = g_cBackends;
|
---|
2007 | return VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
|
---|
2008 | }
|
---|
2009 |
|
---|
2010 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
2011 | {
|
---|
2012 | pEntries[i].pszBackend = g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName;
|
---|
2013 | pEntries[i].uBackendCaps = g_apBackends[i]->uBackendCaps;
|
---|
2014 | pEntries[i].papszFileExtensions = g_apBackends[i]->papszFileExtensions;
|
---|
2015 | pEntries[i].paConfigInfo = g_apBackends[i]->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
2016 | pEntries[i].pfnComposeLocation = g_apBackends[i]->pfnComposeLocation;
|
---|
2017 | pEntries[i].pfnComposeName = g_apBackends[i]->pfnComposeName;
|
---|
2018 | }
|
---|
2019 |
|
---|
2020 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc *pcEntriesUsed=%u\n", rc, cEntries));
|
---|
2021 | *pcEntriesUsed = g_cBackends;
|
---|
2022 | return rc;
|
---|
2023 | }
|
---|
2024 |
|
---|
2025 | /**
|
---|
2026 | * Lists the capablities of a backend indentified by its name.
|
---|
2027 | *
|
---|
2028 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2029 | * @param pszBackend The backend name.
|
---|
2030 | * @param pEntries Pointer to an entry.
|
---|
2031 | */
|
---|
2032 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDBackendInfoOne(const char *pszBackend, PVDBACKENDINFO pEntry)
|
---|
2033 | {
|
---|
2034 | LogFlowFunc(("pszBackend=%#p pEntry=%#p\n", pszBackend, pEntry));
|
---|
2035 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
2036 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszBackend),
|
---|
2037 | ("pszBackend=%#p\n", pszBackend),
|
---|
2038 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2039 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pEntry),
|
---|
2040 | ("pEntry=%#p\n", pEntry),
|
---|
2041 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2042 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
2043 | VDInit();
|
---|
2044 |
|
---|
2045 | /* Go through loaded backends. */
|
---|
2046 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
2047 | {
|
---|
2048 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName))
|
---|
2049 | {
|
---|
2050 | pEntry->pszBackend = g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName;
|
---|
2051 | pEntry->uBackendCaps = g_apBackends[i]->uBackendCaps;
|
---|
2052 | pEntry->papszFileExtensions = g_apBackends[i]->papszFileExtensions;
|
---|
2053 | pEntry->paConfigInfo = g_apBackends[i]->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
2054 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2055 | }
|
---|
2056 | }
|
---|
2057 |
|
---|
2058 | return VERR_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
2059 | }
|
---|
2060 |
|
---|
2061 | /**
|
---|
2062 | * Allocates and initializes an empty HDD container.
|
---|
2063 | * No image files are opened.
|
---|
2064 | *
|
---|
2065 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2066 | * @param pVDIfsDisk Pointer to the per-disk VD interface list.
|
---|
2067 | * @param ppDisk Where to store the reference to HDD container.
|
---|
2068 | */
|
---|
2069 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreate(PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk, PVBOXHDD *ppDisk)
|
---|
2070 | {
|
---|
2071 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2072 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = NULL;
|
---|
2073 |
|
---|
2074 | LogFlowFunc(("pVDIfsDisk=%#p\n", pVDIfsDisk));
|
---|
2075 | do
|
---|
2076 | {
|
---|
2077 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
2078 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(ppDisk),
|
---|
2079 | ("ppDisk=%#p\n", ppDisk),
|
---|
2080 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2081 |
|
---|
2082 | pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VBOXHDD));
|
---|
2083 | if (pDisk)
|
---|
2084 | {
|
---|
2085 | pDisk->u32Signature = VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE;
|
---|
2086 | pDisk->cImages = 0;
|
---|
2087 | pDisk->pBase = NULL;
|
---|
2088 | pDisk->pLast = NULL;
|
---|
2089 | pDisk->cbSize = 0;
|
---|
2090 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
2091 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
2092 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
2093 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
2094 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
2095 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
2096 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk = pVDIfsDisk;
|
---|
2097 | pDisk->pInterfaceError = NULL;
|
---|
2098 | pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks = NULL;
|
---|
2099 | pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync = NULL;
|
---|
2100 | pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks = NULL;
|
---|
2101 |
|
---|
2102 | /* Create the I/O ctx cache */
|
---|
2103 | rc = RTMemCacheCreate(&pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx, sizeof(VDIOCTX), 0, UINT32_MAX,
|
---|
2104 | NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
|
---|
2105 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2106 | {
|
---|
2107 | RTMemFree(pDisk);
|
---|
2108 | break;
|
---|
2109 | }
|
---|
2110 |
|
---|
2111 | /* Create the I/O task cache */
|
---|
2112 | rc = RTMemCacheCreate(&pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask, sizeof(VDIOTASK), 0, UINT32_MAX,
|
---|
2113 | NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
|
---|
2114 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2115 | {
|
---|
2116 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
2117 | RTMemFree(pDisk);
|
---|
2118 | break;
|
---|
2119 | }
|
---|
2120 |
|
---|
2121 |
|
---|
2122 | pDisk->pInterfaceError = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsDisk, VDINTERFACETYPE_ERROR);
|
---|
2123 | if (pDisk->pInterfaceError)
|
---|
2124 | pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks = VDGetInterfaceError(pDisk->pInterfaceError);
|
---|
2125 |
|
---|
2126 | pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsDisk, VDINTERFACETYPE_THREADSYNC);
|
---|
2127 | if (pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync)
|
---|
2128 | pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks = VDGetInterfaceThreadSync(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync);
|
---|
2129 | pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsDisk, VDINTERFACETYPE_ASYNCIO);
|
---|
2130 | if (pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO)
|
---|
2131 | pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks = VDGetInterfaceAsyncIO(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO);
|
---|
2132 | else
|
---|
2133 | {
|
---|
2134 | /* Create fallback async I/O interface */
|
---|
2135 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.cbSize = sizeof(VDINTERFACEASYNCIO);
|
---|
2136 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.enmInterface = VDINTERFACETYPE_ASYNCIO;
|
---|
2137 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnOpen = vdAsyncIOOpen;
|
---|
2138 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnClose = vdAsyncIOClose;
|
---|
2139 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnGetSize = vdAsyncIOGetSize;
|
---|
2140 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnSetSize = vdAsyncIOSetSize;
|
---|
2141 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnReadSync = vdAsyncIOReadSync;
|
---|
2142 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnWriteSync = vdAsyncIOWriteSync;
|
---|
2143 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnFlushSync = vdAsyncIOFlushSync;
|
---|
2144 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnReadAsync = vdAsyncIOReadAsync;
|
---|
2145 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnWriteAsync = vdAsyncIOWriteAsync;
|
---|
2146 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnFlushAsync = vdAsyncIOFlushAsync;
|
---|
2147 | pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks = &pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks;
|
---|
2148 |
|
---|
2149 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIO.pszInterfaceName = "VD_AsyncIO";
|
---|
2150 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIO.cbSize = sizeof(VDINTERFACE);
|
---|
2151 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIO.pNext = NULL;
|
---|
2152 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIO.enmInterface = VDINTERFACETYPE_ASYNCIO;
|
---|
2153 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIO.pvUser = pDisk;
|
---|
2154 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIO.pCallbacks = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks;
|
---|
2155 | pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO = &pDisk->VDIAsyncIO;
|
---|
2156 | }
|
---|
2157 |
|
---|
2158 | /* Create the I/O callback table. */
|
---|
2159 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.cbSize = sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO);
|
---|
2160 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.enmInterface = VDINTERFACETYPE_IO;
|
---|
2161 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnOpen = vdIOOpen;
|
---|
2162 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnClose = vdIOClose;
|
---|
2163 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnGetSize = vdIOGetSize;
|
---|
2164 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnSetSize = vdIOSetSize;
|
---|
2165 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnReadSync = vdIOReadSync;
|
---|
2166 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnWriteSync = vdIOWriteSync;
|
---|
2167 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnFlushSync = vdIOFlushSync;
|
---|
2168 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnReadUserAsync = vdIOReadUserAsync;
|
---|
2169 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnWriteUserAsync = vdIOWriteUserAsync;
|
---|
2170 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnReadMetaAsync = vdIOReadMetaAsync;
|
---|
2171 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnWriteMetaAsync = vdIOWriteMetaAsync;
|
---|
2172 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnFlushAsync = vdIOFlushAsync;
|
---|
2173 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnIoCtxCopyFrom = vdIOIoCtxCopyFrom;
|
---|
2174 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnIoCtxCopyTo = vdIOIoCtxCopyTo;
|
---|
2175 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnIoCtxSet = vdIOIoCtxSet;
|
---|
2176 |
|
---|
2177 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
2178 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pDisk->VDIIO, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
2179 | &pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks, pDisk, &pDisk->pVDIfsDisk);
|
---|
2180 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
2181 |
|
---|
2182 | *ppDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
2183 | }
|
---|
2184 | else
|
---|
2185 | {
|
---|
2186 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2187 | break;
|
---|
2188 | }
|
---|
2189 | } while (0);
|
---|
2190 |
|
---|
2191 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc (pDisk=%#p)\n", rc, pDisk));
|
---|
2192 | return rc;
|
---|
2193 | }
|
---|
2194 |
|
---|
2195 | /**
|
---|
2196 | * Destroys HDD container.
|
---|
2197 | * If container has opened image files they will be closed.
|
---|
2198 | *
|
---|
2199 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
2200 | */
|
---|
2201 | VBOXDDU_DECL(void) VDDestroy(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
2202 | {
|
---|
2203 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
2204 | do
|
---|
2205 | {
|
---|
2206 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
2207 | AssertPtrBreak(pDisk);
|
---|
2208 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
2209 | VDCloseAll(pDisk);
|
---|
2210 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
2211 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
2212 | RTMemFree(pDisk);
|
---|
2213 | } while (0);
|
---|
2214 | LogFlowFunc(("returns\n"));
|
---|
2215 | }
|
---|
2216 |
|
---|
2217 | /**
|
---|
2218 | * Try to get the backend name which can use this image.
|
---|
2219 | *
|
---|
2220 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2221 | * VINF_SUCCESS if a plugin was found.
|
---|
2222 | * ppszFormat contains the string which can be used as backend name.
|
---|
2223 | * VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED if no backend was found.
|
---|
2224 | * @param pVDIfsDisk Pointer to the per-disk VD interface list.
|
---|
2225 | * @param pszFilename Name of the image file for which the backend is queried.
|
---|
2226 | * @param ppszFormat Receives pointer of the UTF-8 string which contains the format name.
|
---|
2227 | * The returned pointer must be freed using RTStrFree().
|
---|
2228 | */
|
---|
2229 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetFormat(PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk, const char *pszFilename, char **ppszFormat)
|
---|
2230 | {
|
---|
2231 | int rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
2232 | VDINTERFACEIO VDIIOCallbacks;
|
---|
2233 | VDINTERFACE VDIIO;
|
---|
2234 |
|
---|
2235 | LogFlowFunc(("pszFilename=\"%s\"\n", pszFilename));
|
---|
2236 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
2237 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
2238 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
2239 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2240 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(ppszFormat),
|
---|
2241 | ("ppszFormat=%#p\n", ppszFormat),
|
---|
2242 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2243 |
|
---|
2244 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
2245 | VDInit();
|
---|
2246 |
|
---|
2247 | VDIIOCallbacks.cbSize = sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO);
|
---|
2248 | VDIIOCallbacks.enmInterface = VDINTERFACETYPE_IO;
|
---|
2249 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnOpen = vdIOOpenLimited;
|
---|
2250 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnClose = vdIOCloseLimited;
|
---|
2251 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnGetSize = vdIOGetSizeLimited;
|
---|
2252 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnSetSize = vdIOSetSizeLimited;
|
---|
2253 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnReadSync = vdIOReadSyncLimited;
|
---|
2254 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnWriteSync = vdIOWriteSyncLimited;
|
---|
2255 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnFlushSync = vdIOFlushSyncLimited;
|
---|
2256 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnReadUserAsync = NULL;
|
---|
2257 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnWriteUserAsync = NULL;
|
---|
2258 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnReadMetaAsync = NULL;
|
---|
2259 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnWriteMetaAsync = NULL;
|
---|
2260 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnFlushAsync = NULL;
|
---|
2261 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&VDIIO, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
2262 | &VDIIOCallbacks, NULL, &pVDIfsDisk);
|
---|
2263 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
2264 |
|
---|
2265 | /* Find the backend supporting this file format. */
|
---|
2266 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
2267 | {
|
---|
2268 | if (g_apBackends[i]->pfnCheckIfValid)
|
---|
2269 | {
|
---|
2270 | rc = g_apBackends[i]->pfnCheckIfValid(pszFilename, pVDIfsDisk);
|
---|
2271 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
2272 | /* The correct backend has been found, but there is a small
|
---|
2273 | * incompatibility so that the file cannot be used. Stop here
|
---|
2274 | * and signal success - the actual open will of course fail,
|
---|
2275 | * but that will create a really sensible error message. */
|
---|
2276 | || ( rc != VERR_VD_GEN_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
2277 | && rc != VERR_VD_VDI_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
2278 | && rc != VERR_VD_VMDK_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
2279 | && rc != VERR_VD_ISCSI_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
2280 | && rc != VERR_VD_VHD_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
2281 | && rc != VERR_VD_RAW_INVALID_HEADER))
|
---|
2282 | {
|
---|
2283 | /* Copy the name into the new string. */
|
---|
2284 | char *pszFormat = RTStrDup(g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName);
|
---|
2285 | if (!pszFormat)
|
---|
2286 | {
|
---|
2287 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2288 | break;
|
---|
2289 | }
|
---|
2290 | *ppszFormat = pszFormat;
|
---|
2291 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2292 | break;
|
---|
2293 | }
|
---|
2294 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
2295 | }
|
---|
2296 | }
|
---|
2297 |
|
---|
2298 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc *ppszFormat=\"%s\"\n", rc, *ppszFormat));
|
---|
2299 | return rc;
|
---|
2300 | }
|
---|
2301 |
|
---|
2302 | /**
|
---|
2303 | * Opens an image file.
|
---|
2304 | *
|
---|
2305 | * The first opened image file in HDD container must have a base image type,
|
---|
2306 | * others (next opened images) must be a differencing or undo images.
|
---|
2307 | * Linkage is checked for differencing image to be in consistence with the previously opened image.
|
---|
2308 | * When another differencing image is opened and the last image was opened in read/write access
|
---|
2309 | * mode, then the last image is reopened in read-only with deny write sharing mode. This allows
|
---|
2310 | * other processes to use images in read-only mode too.
|
---|
2311 | *
|
---|
2312 | * Note that the image is opened in read-only mode if a read/write open is not possible.
|
---|
2313 | * Use VDIsReadOnly to check open mode.
|
---|
2314 | *
|
---|
2315 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2316 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
2317 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
2318 | * @param pszFilename Name of the image file to open.
|
---|
2319 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
2320 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
2321 | */
|
---|
2322 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDOpen(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
2323 | const char *pszFilename, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
2324 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage)
|
---|
2325 | {
|
---|
2326 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2327 | int rc2;
|
---|
2328 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
2329 | PVDIMAGE pImage = NULL;
|
---|
2330 |
|
---|
2331 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" uOpenFlags=%#x, pVDIfsImage=%#p\n",
|
---|
2332 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsImage));
|
---|
2333 |
|
---|
2334 | do
|
---|
2335 | {
|
---|
2336 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
2337 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2338 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
2339 |
|
---|
2340 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
2341 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
2342 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
2343 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2344 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
2345 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
2346 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2347 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
2348 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
2349 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2350 |
|
---|
2351 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
2352 | pImage = (PVDIMAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIMAGE));
|
---|
2353 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
2354 | {
|
---|
2355 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2356 | break;
|
---|
2357 | }
|
---|
2358 | pImage->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
2359 | if (!pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
2360 | {
|
---|
2361 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2362 | break;
|
---|
2363 | }
|
---|
2364 |
|
---|
2365 | pImage->pVDIfsImage = pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
2366 |
|
---|
2367 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pImage->Backend);
|
---|
2368 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2369 | break;
|
---|
2370 | if (!pImage->Backend)
|
---|
2371 | {
|
---|
2372 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
2373 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
2374 | break;
|
---|
2375 | }
|
---|
2376 |
|
---|
2377 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
2378 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnOpen(pImage->pszFilename,
|
---|
2379 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
2380 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
2381 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
2382 | &pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2383 | /* If the open in read-write mode failed, retry in read-only mode. */
|
---|
2384 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2385 | {
|
---|
2386 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
2387 | && ( rc == VERR_ACCESS_DENIED
|
---|
2388 | || rc == VERR_PERMISSION_DENIED
|
---|
2389 | || rc == VERR_WRITE_PROTECT
|
---|
2390 | || rc == VERR_SHARING_VIOLATION
|
---|
2391 | || rc == VERR_FILE_LOCK_FAILED))
|
---|
2392 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnOpen(pImage->pszFilename,
|
---|
2393 | (uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
2394 | | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY,
|
---|
2395 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
2396 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
2397 | &pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2398 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2399 | {
|
---|
2400 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
2401 | N_("VD: error %Rrc opening image file '%s'"), rc, pszFilename);
|
---|
2402 | break;
|
---|
2403 | }
|
---|
2404 | }
|
---|
2405 |
|
---|
2406 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
2407 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
2408 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2409 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
2410 |
|
---|
2411 | /* Check image type. As the image itself has only partial knowledge
|
---|
2412 | * whether it's a base image or not, this info is derived here. The
|
---|
2413 | * base image can be fixed or normal, all others must be normal or
|
---|
2414 | * diff images. Some image formats don't distinguish between normal
|
---|
2415 | * and diff images, so this must be corrected here. */
|
---|
2416 | unsigned uImageFlags;
|
---|
2417 | uImageFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetImageFlags(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2418 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2419 | uImageFlags = VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_NONE;
|
---|
2420 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
2421 | && !(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFO))
|
---|
2422 | {
|
---|
2423 | if ( pDisk->cImages == 0
|
---|
2424 | && (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF))
|
---|
2425 | {
|
---|
2426 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_TYPE;
|
---|
2427 | break;
|
---|
2428 | }
|
---|
2429 | else if (pDisk->cImages != 0)
|
---|
2430 | {
|
---|
2431 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED)
|
---|
2432 | {
|
---|
2433 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_TYPE;
|
---|
2434 | break;
|
---|
2435 | }
|
---|
2436 | else
|
---|
2437 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
2438 | }
|
---|
2439 | }
|
---|
2440 | pImage->uImageFlags = uImageFlags;
|
---|
2441 |
|
---|
2442 | /* Force sane optimization settings. It's not worth avoiding writes
|
---|
2443 | * to fixed size images. The overhead would have almost no payback. */
|
---|
2444 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED)
|
---|
2445 | pImage->uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
2446 |
|
---|
2447 | /** @todo optionally check UUIDs */
|
---|
2448 |
|
---|
2449 | /* Cache disk information. */
|
---|
2450 | pDisk->cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2451 |
|
---|
2452 | /* Cache PCHS geometry. */
|
---|
2453 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
2454 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
2455 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
2456 | {
|
---|
2457 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
2458 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
2459 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
2460 | }
|
---|
2461 | else
|
---|
2462 | {
|
---|
2463 | /* Make sure the PCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
2464 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, 16383);
|
---|
2465 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 16);
|
---|
2466 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
2467 | }
|
---|
2468 |
|
---|
2469 | /* Cache LCHS geometry. */
|
---|
2470 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
2471 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
2472 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
2473 | {
|
---|
2474 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
2475 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
2476 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
2477 | }
|
---|
2478 | else
|
---|
2479 | {
|
---|
2480 | /* Make sure the LCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
2481 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
2482 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
2483 | }
|
---|
2484 |
|
---|
2485 | if (pDisk->cImages != 0)
|
---|
2486 | {
|
---|
2487 | /* Switch previous image to read-only mode. */
|
---|
2488 | unsigned uOpenFlagsPrevImg;
|
---|
2489 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2490 | if (!(uOpenFlagsPrevImg & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
2491 | {
|
---|
2492 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
2493 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData, uOpenFlagsPrevImg);
|
---|
2494 | }
|
---|
2495 | }
|
---|
2496 |
|
---|
2497 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2498 | {
|
---|
2499 | /* Image successfully opened, make it the last image. */
|
---|
2500 | vdAddImageToList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
2501 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
2502 | pDisk->uModified = VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
2503 | }
|
---|
2504 | else
|
---|
2505 | {
|
---|
2506 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close image. */
|
---|
2507 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pvBackendData, false);
|
---|
2508 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2509 | pImage->pvBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
2510 | }
|
---|
2511 | } while (0);
|
---|
2512 |
|
---|
2513 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
2514 | {
|
---|
2515 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
2516 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2517 | }
|
---|
2518 |
|
---|
2519 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2520 | {
|
---|
2521 | if (pImage)
|
---|
2522 | {
|
---|
2523 | if (pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
2524 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
2525 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
2526 | }
|
---|
2527 | }
|
---|
2528 |
|
---|
2529 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
2530 | return rc;
|
---|
2531 | }
|
---|
2532 |
|
---|
2533 | /**
|
---|
2534 | * Creates and opens a new base image file.
|
---|
2535 | *
|
---|
2536 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2537 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
2538 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
2539 | * @param pszFilename Name of the image file to create.
|
---|
2540 | * @param cbSize Image size in bytes.
|
---|
2541 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special image features.
|
---|
2542 | * @param pszComment Pointer to image comment. NULL is ok.
|
---|
2543 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Pointer to physical disk geometry <= (16383,16,63). Not NULL.
|
---|
2544 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Pointer to logical disk geometry <= (x,255,63). Not NULL.
|
---|
2545 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
2546 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
2547 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
2548 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
2549 | */
|
---|
2550 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreateBase(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
2551 | const char *pszFilename, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
2552 | unsigned uImageFlags, const char *pszComment,
|
---|
2553 | PCPDMMEDIAGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
2554 | PCPDMMEDIAGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
2555 | PCRTUUID pUuid, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
2556 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
2557 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
2558 | {
|
---|
2559 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2560 | int rc2;
|
---|
2561 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
2562 | PVDIMAGE pImage = NULL;
|
---|
2563 | RTUUID uuid;
|
---|
2564 |
|
---|
2565 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" cbSize=%llu uImageFlags=%#x pszComment=\"%s\" PCHS=%u/%u/%u LCHS=%u/%u/%u Uuid=%RTuuid uOpenFlags=%#x pVDIfsImage=%#p pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
2566 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, cbSize, uImageFlags, pszComment,
|
---|
2567 | pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pPCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
2568 | pPCHSGeometry->cSectors, pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders,
|
---|
2569 | pLCHSGeometry->cHeads, pLCHSGeometry->cSectors, pUuid,
|
---|
2570 | uOpenFlags, pVDIfsImage, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
2571 |
|
---|
2572 | PVDINTERFACE pIfProgress = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
2573 | VDINTERFACETYPE_PROGRESS);
|
---|
2574 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pCbProgress = NULL;
|
---|
2575 | if (pIfProgress)
|
---|
2576 | pCbProgress = VDGetInterfaceProgress(pIfProgress);
|
---|
2577 |
|
---|
2578 | do
|
---|
2579 | {
|
---|
2580 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
2581 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2582 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
2583 |
|
---|
2584 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
2585 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
2586 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
2587 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2588 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
2589 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
2590 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2591 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbSize,
|
---|
2592 | ("cbSize=%llu\n", cbSize),
|
---|
2593 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2594 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( ((uImageFlags & ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_MASK) == 0)
|
---|
2595 | || ((uImageFlags & (VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED | VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF)) != VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED),
|
---|
2596 | ("uImageFlags=%#x\n", uImageFlags),
|
---|
2597 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2598 | /* The PCHS geometry fields may be 0 to leave it for later. */
|
---|
2599 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
2600 | && pPCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 16
|
---|
2601 | && pPCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
2602 | ("pPCHSGeometry=%#p PCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
2603 | pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pPCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
2604 | pPCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
2605 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2606 | /* The LCHS geometry fields may be 0 to leave it to later autodetection. */
|
---|
2607 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
2608 | && pLCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 255
|
---|
2609 | && pLCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
2610 | ("pLCHSGeometry=%#p LCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
2611 | pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pLCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
2612 | pLCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
2613 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2614 | /* The UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
2615 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
2616 | ("pUuid=%#p UUID=%RTuuid\n", pUuid, pUuid),
|
---|
2617 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2618 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
2619 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
2620 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2621 |
|
---|
2622 | /* Check state. Needs a temporary read lock. Holding the write lock
|
---|
2623 | * all the time would be blocking other activities for too long. */
|
---|
2624 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
2625 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2626 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
2627 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->cImages == 0,
|
---|
2628 | ("Create base image cannot be done with other images open\n"),
|
---|
2629 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
2630 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
2631 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2632 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
2633 |
|
---|
2634 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
2635 | pImage = (PVDIMAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIMAGE));
|
---|
2636 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
2637 | {
|
---|
2638 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2639 | break;
|
---|
2640 | }
|
---|
2641 | pImage->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
2642 | if (!pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
2643 | {
|
---|
2644 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2645 | break;
|
---|
2646 | }
|
---|
2647 | pImage->pVDIfsImage = pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
2648 |
|
---|
2649 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pImage->Backend);
|
---|
2650 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2651 | break;
|
---|
2652 | if (!pImage->Backend)
|
---|
2653 | {
|
---|
2654 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
2655 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
2656 | break;
|
---|
2657 | }
|
---|
2658 |
|
---|
2659 | /* Create UUID if the caller didn't specify one. */
|
---|
2660 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
2661 | {
|
---|
2662 | rc = RTUuidCreate(&uuid);
|
---|
2663 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2664 | {
|
---|
2665 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
2666 | N_("VD: cannot generate UUID for image '%s'"),
|
---|
2667 | pszFilename);
|
---|
2668 | break;
|
---|
2669 | }
|
---|
2670 | pUuid = &uuid;
|
---|
2671 | }
|
---|
2672 |
|
---|
2673 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
2674 | uImageFlags &= ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
2675 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnCreate(pImage->pszFilename, cbSize,
|
---|
2676 | uImageFlags, pszComment, pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
2677 | pLCHSGeometry, pUuid,
|
---|
2678 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
2679 | 0, 99,
|
---|
2680 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
2681 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
2682 | pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
2683 | &pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2684 |
|
---|
2685 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2686 | {
|
---|
2687 | pImage->uImageFlags = uImageFlags;
|
---|
2688 |
|
---|
2689 | /* Force sane optimization settings. It's not worth avoiding writes
|
---|
2690 | * to fixed size images. The overhead would have almost no payback. */
|
---|
2691 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED)
|
---|
2692 | pImage->uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
2693 |
|
---|
2694 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
2695 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
2696 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2697 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
2698 |
|
---|
2699 | /** @todo optionally check UUIDs */
|
---|
2700 |
|
---|
2701 | /* Re-check state, as the lock wasn't held and another image
|
---|
2702 | * creation call could have been done by another thread. */
|
---|
2703 | AssertMsgStmt(pDisk->cImages == 0,
|
---|
2704 | ("Create base image cannot be done with other images open\n"),
|
---|
2705 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
2706 | }
|
---|
2707 |
|
---|
2708 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2709 | {
|
---|
2710 | /* Cache disk information. */
|
---|
2711 | pDisk->cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2712 |
|
---|
2713 | /* Cache PCHS geometry. */
|
---|
2714 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
2715 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
2716 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
2717 | {
|
---|
2718 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
2719 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
2720 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
2721 | }
|
---|
2722 | else
|
---|
2723 | {
|
---|
2724 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
2725 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, 16383);
|
---|
2726 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 16);
|
---|
2727 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
2728 | }
|
---|
2729 |
|
---|
2730 | /* Cache LCHS geometry. */
|
---|
2731 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
2732 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
2733 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
2734 | {
|
---|
2735 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
2736 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
2737 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
2738 | }
|
---|
2739 | else
|
---|
2740 | {
|
---|
2741 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
2742 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
2743 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
2744 | }
|
---|
2745 |
|
---|
2746 | /* Image successfully opened, make it the last image. */
|
---|
2747 | vdAddImageToList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
2748 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
2749 | pDisk->uModified = VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
2750 | }
|
---|
2751 | else
|
---|
2752 | {
|
---|
2753 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close and delete image. */
|
---|
2754 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pvBackendData, true);
|
---|
2755 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2756 | pImage->pvBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
2757 | }
|
---|
2758 | } while (0);
|
---|
2759 |
|
---|
2760 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
2761 | {
|
---|
2762 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
2763 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2764 | }
|
---|
2765 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
2766 | {
|
---|
2767 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
2768 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2769 | }
|
---|
2770 |
|
---|
2771 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2772 | {
|
---|
2773 | if (pImage)
|
---|
2774 | {
|
---|
2775 | if (pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
2776 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
2777 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
2778 | }
|
---|
2779 | }
|
---|
2780 |
|
---|
2781 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
2782 | pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser, 100);
|
---|
2783 |
|
---|
2784 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
2785 | return rc;
|
---|
2786 | }
|
---|
2787 |
|
---|
2788 | /**
|
---|
2789 | * Creates and opens a new differencing image file in HDD container.
|
---|
2790 | * See comments for VDOpen function about differencing images.
|
---|
2791 | *
|
---|
2792 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2793 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
2794 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
2795 | * @param pszFilename Name of the differencing image file to create.
|
---|
2796 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special image features.
|
---|
2797 | * @param pszComment Pointer to image comment. NULL is ok.
|
---|
2798 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
2799 | * @param pParentUuid New parent UUID of the image. If NULL, the UUID is queried automatically.
|
---|
2800 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
2801 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
2802 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
2803 | */
|
---|
2804 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreateDiff(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
2805 | const char *pszFilename, unsigned uImageFlags,
|
---|
2806 | const char *pszComment, PCRTUUID pUuid,
|
---|
2807 | PCRTUUID pParentUuid, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
2808 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
2809 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
2810 | {
|
---|
2811 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2812 | int rc2;
|
---|
2813 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
2814 | PVDIMAGE pImage = NULL;
|
---|
2815 | RTUUID uuid;
|
---|
2816 |
|
---|
2817 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" uImageFlags=%#x pszComment=\"%s\" Uuid=%RTuuid ParentUuid=%RTuuid uOpenFlags=%#x pVDIfsImage=%#p pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
2818 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, uImageFlags, pszComment, pUuid, pParentUuid, uOpenFlags,
|
---|
2819 | pVDIfsImage, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
2820 |
|
---|
2821 | PVDINTERFACE pIfProgress = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
2822 | VDINTERFACETYPE_PROGRESS);
|
---|
2823 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pCbProgress = NULL;
|
---|
2824 | if (pIfProgress)
|
---|
2825 | pCbProgress = VDGetInterfaceProgress(pIfProgress);
|
---|
2826 |
|
---|
2827 | do
|
---|
2828 | {
|
---|
2829 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
2830 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2831 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
2832 |
|
---|
2833 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
2834 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
2835 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
2836 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2837 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
2838 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
2839 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2840 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uImageFlags & ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
2841 | ("uImageFlags=%#x\n", uImageFlags),
|
---|
2842 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2843 | /* The UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
2844 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
2845 | ("pUuid=%#p UUID=%RTuuid\n", pUuid, pUuid),
|
---|
2846 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2847 | /* The parent UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
2848 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pParentUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pParentUuid),
|
---|
2849 | ("pParentUuid=%#p ParentUUID=%RTuuid\n", pParentUuid, pParentUuid),
|
---|
2850 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2851 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
2852 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
2853 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2854 |
|
---|
2855 | /* Check state. Needs a temporary read lock. Holding the write lock
|
---|
2856 | * all the time would be blocking other activities for too long. */
|
---|
2857 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
2858 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2859 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
2860 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->cImages != 0,
|
---|
2861 | ("Create diff image cannot be done without other images open\n"),
|
---|
2862 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
2863 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
2864 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2865 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
2866 |
|
---|
2867 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
2868 | pImage = (PVDIMAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIMAGE));
|
---|
2869 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
2870 | {
|
---|
2871 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2872 | break;
|
---|
2873 | }
|
---|
2874 | pImage->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
2875 | if (!pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
2876 | {
|
---|
2877 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2878 | break;
|
---|
2879 | }
|
---|
2880 |
|
---|
2881 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pImage->Backend);
|
---|
2882 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2883 | break;
|
---|
2884 | if (!pImage->Backend)
|
---|
2885 | {
|
---|
2886 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
2887 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
2888 | break;
|
---|
2889 | }
|
---|
2890 |
|
---|
2891 | /* Create UUID if the caller didn't specify one. */
|
---|
2892 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
2893 | {
|
---|
2894 | rc = RTUuidCreate(&uuid);
|
---|
2895 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2896 | {
|
---|
2897 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
2898 | N_("VD: cannot generate UUID for image '%s'"),
|
---|
2899 | pszFilename);
|
---|
2900 | break;
|
---|
2901 | }
|
---|
2902 | pUuid = &uuid;
|
---|
2903 | }
|
---|
2904 |
|
---|
2905 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
2906 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
2907 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnCreate(pImage->pszFilename, pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
2908 | uImageFlags | VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF,
|
---|
2909 | pszComment, &pDisk->PCHSGeometry,
|
---|
2910 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry, pUuid,
|
---|
2911 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
2912 | 0, 99,
|
---|
2913 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
2914 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
2915 | pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
2916 | &pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2917 |
|
---|
2918 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2919 | {
|
---|
2920 | pImage->uImageFlags = uImageFlags;
|
---|
2921 |
|
---|
2922 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
2923 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
2924 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2925 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
2926 |
|
---|
2927 | /* Switch previous image to read-only mode. */
|
---|
2928 | unsigned uOpenFlagsPrevImg;
|
---|
2929 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2930 | if (!(uOpenFlagsPrevImg & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
2931 | {
|
---|
2932 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
2933 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData, uOpenFlagsPrevImg);
|
---|
2934 | }
|
---|
2935 |
|
---|
2936 | /** @todo optionally check UUIDs */
|
---|
2937 |
|
---|
2938 | /* Re-check state, as the lock wasn't held and another image
|
---|
2939 | * creation call could have been done by another thread. */
|
---|
2940 | AssertMsgStmt(pDisk->cImages != 0,
|
---|
2941 | ("Create diff image cannot be done without other images open\n"),
|
---|
2942 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
2943 | }
|
---|
2944 |
|
---|
2945 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2946 | {
|
---|
2947 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
2948 | RTTIMESPEC ts;
|
---|
2949 |
|
---|
2950 | if (pParentUuid && !RTUuidIsNull(pParentUuid))
|
---|
2951 | {
|
---|
2952 | Uuid = *pParentUuid;
|
---|
2953 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImage->pvBackendData, &Uuid);
|
---|
2954 | }
|
---|
2955 | else
|
---|
2956 | {
|
---|
2957 | rc2 = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData,
|
---|
2958 | &Uuid);
|
---|
2959 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2))
|
---|
2960 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImage->pvBackendData, &Uuid);
|
---|
2961 | }
|
---|
2962 | rc2 = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData,
|
---|
2963 | &Uuid);
|
---|
2964 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2))
|
---|
2965 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentModificationUuid(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
2966 | &Uuid);
|
---|
2967 | rc2 = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetTimeStamp(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData,
|
---|
2968 | &ts);
|
---|
2969 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2))
|
---|
2970 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentTimeStamp(pImage->pvBackendData, &ts);
|
---|
2971 |
|
---|
2972 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentFilename(pImage->pvBackendData, pDisk->pLast->pszFilename);
|
---|
2973 | }
|
---|
2974 |
|
---|
2975 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2976 | {
|
---|
2977 | /* Image successfully opened, make it the last image. */
|
---|
2978 | vdAddImageToList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
2979 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
2980 | pDisk->uModified = VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
2981 | }
|
---|
2982 | else
|
---|
2983 | {
|
---|
2984 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close and delete image. */
|
---|
2985 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pvBackendData, true);
|
---|
2986 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2987 | pImage->pvBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
2988 | }
|
---|
2989 | } while (0);
|
---|
2990 |
|
---|
2991 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
2992 | {
|
---|
2993 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
2994 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2995 | }
|
---|
2996 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
2997 | {
|
---|
2998 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
2999 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3000 | }
|
---|
3001 |
|
---|
3002 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3003 | {
|
---|
3004 | if (pImage)
|
---|
3005 | {
|
---|
3006 | if (pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
3007 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
3008 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
3009 | }
|
---|
3010 | }
|
---|
3011 |
|
---|
3012 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3013 | pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser, 100);
|
---|
3014 |
|
---|
3015 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3016 | return rc;
|
---|
3017 | }
|
---|
3018 |
|
---|
3019 |
|
---|
3020 | /**
|
---|
3021 | * Merges two images (not necessarily with direct parent/child relationship).
|
---|
3022 | * As a side effect the source image and potentially the other images which
|
---|
3023 | * are also merged to the destination are deleted from both the disk and the
|
---|
3024 | * images in the HDD container.
|
---|
3025 | *
|
---|
3026 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3027 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
3028 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
3029 | * @param nImageFrom Name of the image file to merge from.
|
---|
3030 | * @param nImageTo Name of the image file to merge to.
|
---|
3031 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
3032 | */
|
---|
3033 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDMerge(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImageFrom,
|
---|
3034 | unsigned nImageTo, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
3035 | {
|
---|
3036 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3037 | int rc2;
|
---|
3038 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
3039 | void *pvBuf = NULL;
|
---|
3040 |
|
---|
3041 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImageFrom=%u nImageTo=%u pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
3042 | pDisk, nImageFrom, nImageTo, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
3043 |
|
---|
3044 | PVDINTERFACE pIfProgress = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
3045 | VDINTERFACETYPE_PROGRESS);
|
---|
3046 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pCbProgress = NULL;
|
---|
3047 | if (pIfProgress)
|
---|
3048 | pCbProgress = VDGetInterfaceProgress(pIfProgress);
|
---|
3049 |
|
---|
3050 | do
|
---|
3051 | {
|
---|
3052 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
3053 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3054 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
3055 |
|
---|
3056 | /* For simplicity reasons lock for writing as the image reopen below
|
---|
3057 | * might need it. After all the reopen is usually needed. */
|
---|
3058 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3059 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3060 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
3061 | PVDIMAGE pImageFrom = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImageFrom);
|
---|
3062 | PVDIMAGE pImageTo = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImageTo);
|
---|
3063 | if (!pImageFrom || !pImageTo)
|
---|
3064 | {
|
---|
3065 | rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
3066 | break;
|
---|
3067 | }
|
---|
3068 | AssertBreakStmt(pImageFrom != pImageTo, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3069 |
|
---|
3070 | /* Make sure destination image is writable. */
|
---|
3071 | unsigned uOpenFlags = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3072 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
3073 | {
|
---|
3074 | uOpenFlags &= ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
3075 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3076 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
3077 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3078 | break;
|
---|
3079 | }
|
---|
3080 |
|
---|
3081 | /* Get size of destination image. */
|
---|
3082 | uint64_t cbSize = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImageTo->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3083 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3084 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3085 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
3086 |
|
---|
3087 | /* Allocate tmp buffer. */
|
---|
3088 | pvBuf = RTMemTmpAlloc(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
---|
3089 | if (!pvBuf)
|
---|
3090 | {
|
---|
3091 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3092 | break;
|
---|
3093 | }
|
---|
3094 |
|
---|
3095 | /* Merging is done directly on the images itself. This potentially
|
---|
3096 | * causes trouble if the disk is full in the middle of operation. */
|
---|
3097 | if (nImageFrom < nImageTo)
|
---|
3098 | {
|
---|
3099 | /* Merge parent state into child. This means writing all not
|
---|
3100 | * allocated blocks in the destination image which are allocated in
|
---|
3101 | * the images to be merged. */
|
---|
3102 | uint64_t uOffset = 0;
|
---|
3103 | uint64_t cbRemaining = cbSize;
|
---|
3104 | do
|
---|
3105 | {
|
---|
3106 | size_t cbThisRead = RT_MIN(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE, cbRemaining);
|
---|
3107 |
|
---|
3108 | /* Need to hold the write lock during a read-write operation. */
|
---|
3109 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3110 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3111 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3112 |
|
---|
3113 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnRead(pImageTo->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3114 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
3115 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
3116 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
3117 | {
|
---|
3118 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to
|
---|
3119 | * read more than the previous reads marked as valid.
|
---|
3120 | * Otherwise this would return stale data when different
|
---|
3121 | * block sizes are used for the images. */
|
---|
3122 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageTo->pPrev;
|
---|
3123 | pCurrImage != NULL && pCurrImage != pImageFrom->pPrev && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
3124 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
3125 | {
|
---|
3126 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3127 | uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
3128 | cbThisRead,
|
---|
3129 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
3130 | }
|
---|
3131 |
|
---|
3132 | if (rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
3133 | {
|
---|
3134 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3135 | break;
|
---|
3136 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDisk, pImageTo, pImageFrom->pPrev,
|
---|
3137 | uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
3138 | cbThisRead);
|
---|
3139 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3140 | break;
|
---|
3141 | }
|
---|
3142 | else
|
---|
3143 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3144 | }
|
---|
3145 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3146 | break;
|
---|
3147 |
|
---|
3148 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3149 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3150 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
3151 |
|
---|
3152 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
3153 | cbRemaining -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
3154 |
|
---|
3155 | if (pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3156 | {
|
---|
3157 | /** @todo r=klaus: this can update the progress to the same
|
---|
3158 | * percentage over and over again if the image format makes
|
---|
3159 | * relatively small increments. */
|
---|
3160 | rc = pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser,
|
---|
3161 | uOffset * 99 / cbSize);
|
---|
3162 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3163 | break;
|
---|
3164 | }
|
---|
3165 | } while (uOffset < cbSize);
|
---|
3166 | }
|
---|
3167 | else
|
---|
3168 | {
|
---|
3169 | /*
|
---|
3170 | * We may need to update the parent uuid of the child coming after the
|
---|
3171 | * last image to be merged. We have to reopen it read/write.
|
---|
3172 | *
|
---|
3173 | * This is done before we do the actual merge to prevent an incosistent
|
---|
3174 | * chain if the mode change fails for some reason.
|
---|
3175 | */
|
---|
3176 | if (pImageFrom->pNext)
|
---|
3177 | {
|
---|
3178 | PVDIMAGE pImageChild = pImageFrom->pNext;
|
---|
3179 |
|
---|
3180 | /* We need to open the image in read/write mode. */
|
---|
3181 | uOpenFlags = pImageChild->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3182 |
|
---|
3183 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
3184 | {
|
---|
3185 | uOpenFlags &= ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
3186 | rc = pImageChild->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3187 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
3188 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3189 | break;
|
---|
3190 | }
|
---|
3191 | }
|
---|
3192 |
|
---|
3193 | /* Merge child state into parent. This means writing all blocks
|
---|
3194 | * which are allocated in the image up to the source image to the
|
---|
3195 | * destination image. */
|
---|
3196 | uint64_t uOffset = 0;
|
---|
3197 | uint64_t cbRemaining = cbSize;
|
---|
3198 | do
|
---|
3199 | {
|
---|
3200 | size_t cbThisRead = RT_MIN(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE, cbRemaining);
|
---|
3201 | rc = VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
3202 |
|
---|
3203 | /* Need to hold the write lock during a read-write operation. */
|
---|
3204 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3205 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3206 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3207 |
|
---|
3208 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to
|
---|
3209 | * read more than the previous reads marked as valid. Otherwise
|
---|
3210 | * this would return stale data when different block sizes are
|
---|
3211 | * used for the images. */
|
---|
3212 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageFrom;
|
---|
3213 | pCurrImage != NULL && pCurrImage != pImageTo && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
3214 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
3215 | {
|
---|
3216 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3217 | uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
3218 | cbThisRead, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
3219 | }
|
---|
3220 |
|
---|
3221 | if (rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
3222 | {
|
---|
3223 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3224 | break;
|
---|
3225 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDisk, pImageTo, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
3226 | cbThisRead);
|
---|
3227 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3228 | break;
|
---|
3229 | }
|
---|
3230 | else
|
---|
3231 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3232 |
|
---|
3233 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3234 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3235 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3236 |
|
---|
3237 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
3238 | cbRemaining -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
3239 |
|
---|
3240 | if (pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3241 | {
|
---|
3242 | /** @todo r=klaus: this can update the progress to the same
|
---|
3243 | * percentage over and over again if the image format makes
|
---|
3244 | * relatively small increments. */
|
---|
3245 | rc = pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser,
|
---|
3246 | uOffset * 99 / cbSize);
|
---|
3247 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3248 | break;
|
---|
3249 | }
|
---|
3250 | } while (uOffset < cbSize);
|
---|
3251 | }
|
---|
3252 |
|
---|
3253 | /* Need to hold the write lock while finishing the merge. */
|
---|
3254 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3255 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3256 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3257 |
|
---|
3258 | /* Update parent UUID so that image chain is consistent. */
|
---|
3259 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
3260 | PVDIMAGE pImageChild = NULL;
|
---|
3261 | if (nImageFrom < nImageTo)
|
---|
3262 | {
|
---|
3263 | if (pImageFrom->pPrev)
|
---|
3264 | {
|
---|
3265 | rc = pImageFrom->pPrev->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImageFrom->pPrev->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3266 | &Uuid);
|
---|
3267 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
3268 | }
|
---|
3269 | else
|
---|
3270 | RTUuidClear(&Uuid);
|
---|
3271 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImageTo->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3272 | &Uuid);
|
---|
3273 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
3274 | }
|
---|
3275 | else
|
---|
3276 | {
|
---|
3277 | /* Update the parent uuid of the child of the last merged image. */
|
---|
3278 | if (pImageFrom->pNext)
|
---|
3279 | {
|
---|
3280 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImageTo->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3281 | &Uuid);
|
---|
3282 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
3283 |
|
---|
3284 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImageFrom->pNext->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3285 | &Uuid);
|
---|
3286 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
3287 |
|
---|
3288 | pImageChild = pImageFrom->pNext;
|
---|
3289 | }
|
---|
3290 | }
|
---|
3291 |
|
---|
3292 | /* Delete the no longer needed images. */
|
---|
3293 | PVDIMAGE pImg = pImageFrom, pTmp;
|
---|
3294 | while (pImg != pImageTo)
|
---|
3295 | {
|
---|
3296 | if (nImageFrom < nImageTo)
|
---|
3297 | pTmp = pImg->pNext;
|
---|
3298 | else
|
---|
3299 | pTmp = pImg->pPrev;
|
---|
3300 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDisk, pImg);
|
---|
3301 | pImg->Backend->pfnClose(pImg->pvBackendData, true);
|
---|
3302 | RTMemFree(pImg->pszFilename);
|
---|
3303 | RTMemFree(pImg);
|
---|
3304 | pImg = pTmp;
|
---|
3305 | }
|
---|
3306 |
|
---|
3307 | /* Make sure destination image is back to read only if necessary. */
|
---|
3308 | if (pImageTo != pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
3309 | {
|
---|
3310 | uOpenFlags = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3311 | uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
3312 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3313 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
3314 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3315 | break;
|
---|
3316 | }
|
---|
3317 |
|
---|
3318 | /*
|
---|
3319 | * Make sure the child is readonly
|
---|
3320 | * for the child -> parent merge direction
|
---|
3321 | * if neccessary.
|
---|
3322 | */
|
---|
3323 | if ( nImageFrom > nImageTo
|
---|
3324 | && pImageChild
|
---|
3325 | && pImageChild != pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
3326 | {
|
---|
3327 | uOpenFlags = pImageChild->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3328 | uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
3329 | rc = pImageChild->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3330 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
3331 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3332 | break;
|
---|
3333 | }
|
---|
3334 | } while (0);
|
---|
3335 |
|
---|
3336 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
3337 | {
|
---|
3338 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3339 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3340 | }
|
---|
3341 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
3342 | {
|
---|
3343 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
3344 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3345 | }
|
---|
3346 |
|
---|
3347 | if (pvBuf)
|
---|
3348 | RTMemTmpFree(pvBuf);
|
---|
3349 |
|
---|
3350 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3351 | pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser, 100);
|
---|
3352 |
|
---|
3353 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3354 | return rc;
|
---|
3355 | }
|
---|
3356 |
|
---|
3357 | /**
|
---|
3358 | * Copies an image from one HDD container to another.
|
---|
3359 | * The copy is opened in the target HDD container.
|
---|
3360 | * It is possible to convert between different image formats, because the
|
---|
3361 | * backend for the destination may be different from the source.
|
---|
3362 | * If both the source and destination reference the same HDD container,
|
---|
3363 | * then the image is moved (by copying/deleting or renaming) to the new location.
|
---|
3364 | * The source container is unchanged if the move operation fails, otherwise
|
---|
3365 | * the image at the new location is opened in the same way as the old one was.
|
---|
3366 | *
|
---|
3367 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3368 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
3369 | * @param pDiskFrom Pointer to source HDD container.
|
---|
3370 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
3371 | * @param pDiskTo Pointer to destination HDD container.
|
---|
3372 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
3373 | * @param pszFilename New name of the image (may be NULL if pDiskFrom == pDiskTo).
|
---|
3374 | * @param fMoveByRename If true, attempt to perform a move by renaming (if successful the new size is ignored).
|
---|
3375 | * @param cbSize New image size (0 means leave unchanged).
|
---|
3376 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special destination image features.
|
---|
3377 | * @param pDstUuid New UUID of the destination image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
3378 | * This parameter is used if and only if a true copy is created.
|
---|
3379 | * In all rename/move cases the UUIDs are copied over.
|
---|
3380 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
3381 | * @param pDstVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list, for the
|
---|
3382 | * destination image.
|
---|
3383 | * @param pDstVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-image VD interface list,
|
---|
3384 | * for the destination image.
|
---|
3385 | */
|
---|
3386 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCopy(PVBOXHDD pDiskFrom, unsigned nImage, PVBOXHDD pDiskTo,
|
---|
3387 | const char *pszBackend, const char *pszFilename,
|
---|
3388 | bool fMoveByRename, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
3389 | unsigned uImageFlags, PCRTUUID pDstUuid,
|
---|
3390 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
3391 | PVDINTERFACE pDstVDIfsImage,
|
---|
3392 | PVDINTERFACE pDstVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
3393 | {
|
---|
3394 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3395 | int rc2;
|
---|
3396 | bool fLockReadFrom = false, fLockWriteFrom = false, fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
3397 | void *pvBuf = NULL;
|
---|
3398 | PVDIMAGE pImageTo = NULL;
|
---|
3399 |
|
---|
3400 | LogFlowFunc(("pDiskFrom=%#p nImage=%u pDiskTo=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" fMoveByRename=%d cbSize=%llu pVDIfsOperation=%#p pDstVDIfsImage=%#p pDstVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
3401 | pDiskFrom, nImage, pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename, fMoveByRename, cbSize, pVDIfsOperation, pDstVDIfsImage, pDstVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
3402 |
|
---|
3403 | PVDINTERFACE pIfProgress = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
3404 | VDINTERFACETYPE_PROGRESS);
|
---|
3405 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pCbProgress = NULL;
|
---|
3406 | if (pIfProgress)
|
---|
3407 | pCbProgress = VDGetInterfaceProgress(pIfProgress);
|
---|
3408 |
|
---|
3409 | PVDINTERFACE pDstIfProgress = VDInterfaceGet(pDstVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
3410 | VDINTERFACETYPE_PROGRESS);
|
---|
3411 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pDstCbProgress = NULL;
|
---|
3412 | if (pDstIfProgress)
|
---|
3413 | pDstCbProgress = VDGetInterfaceProgress(pDstIfProgress);
|
---|
3414 |
|
---|
3415 | do {
|
---|
3416 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
3417 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDiskFrom), ("pDiskFrom=%#p\n", pDiskFrom),
|
---|
3418 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3419 | AssertMsg(pDiskFrom->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
3420 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDiskFrom->u32Signature));
|
---|
3421 |
|
---|
3422 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
3423 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3424 | fLockReadFrom = true;
|
---|
3425 | PVDIMAGE pImageFrom = vdGetImageByNumber(pDiskFrom, nImage);
|
---|
3426 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImageFrom, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
3427 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDiskTo), ("pDiskTo=%#p\n", pDiskTo),
|
---|
3428 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3429 | AssertMsg(pDiskTo->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
3430 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDiskTo->u32Signature));
|
---|
3431 |
|
---|
3432 | /* Move the image. */
|
---|
3433 | if (pDiskFrom == pDiskTo)
|
---|
3434 | {
|
---|
3435 | /* Rename only works when backends are the same. */
|
---|
3436 | if ( fMoveByRename
|
---|
3437 | && !RTStrICmp(pszBackend, pImageFrom->Backend->pszBackendName))
|
---|
3438 | {
|
---|
3439 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
3440 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3441 | fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
3442 |
|
---|
3443 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
3444 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3445 | fLockWriteFrom = true;
|
---|
3446 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnRename(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, pszFilename ? pszFilename : pImageFrom->pszFilename);
|
---|
3447 | break;
|
---|
3448 | }
|
---|
3449 |
|
---|
3450 | /** @todo Moving (including shrinking/growing) of the image is
|
---|
3451 | * requested, but the rename attempt failed or it wasn't possible.
|
---|
3452 | * Must now copy image to temp location. */
|
---|
3453 | AssertReleaseMsgFailed(("VDCopy: moving by copy/delete not implemented\n"));
|
---|
3454 | }
|
---|
3455 |
|
---|
3456 | /* pszFilename is allowed to be NULL, as this indicates copy to the existing image. */
|
---|
3457 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pszFilename == NULL || (VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename),
|
---|
3458 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
3459 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3460 |
|
---|
3461 | uint64_t cbSizeFrom;
|
---|
3462 | cbSizeFrom = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImageFrom->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3463 | if (cbSizeFrom == 0)
|
---|
3464 | {
|
---|
3465 | rc = VERR_VD_VALUE_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
3466 | break;
|
---|
3467 | }
|
---|
3468 |
|
---|
3469 | PDMMEDIAGEOMETRY PCHSGeometryFrom = {0, 0, 0};
|
---|
3470 | PDMMEDIAGEOMETRY LCHSGeometryFrom = {0, 0, 0};
|
---|
3471 | pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, &PCHSGeometryFrom);
|
---|
3472 | pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, &LCHSGeometryFrom);
|
---|
3473 |
|
---|
3474 | RTUUID ImageUuid, ImageModificationUuid;
|
---|
3475 | RTUUID ParentUuid, ParentModificationUuid;
|
---|
3476 | if (pDiskFrom != pDiskTo)
|
---|
3477 | {
|
---|
3478 | if (pDstUuid)
|
---|
3479 | ImageUuid = *pDstUuid;
|
---|
3480 | else
|
---|
3481 | RTUuidCreate(&ImageUuid);
|
---|
3482 | }
|
---|
3483 | else
|
---|
3484 | {
|
---|
3485 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, &ImageUuid);
|
---|
3486 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3487 | RTUuidCreate(&ImageUuid);
|
---|
3488 | }
|
---|
3489 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, &ImageModificationUuid);
|
---|
3490 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3491 | RTUuidClear(&ImageModificationUuid);
|
---|
3492 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetParentUuid(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, &ParentUuid);
|
---|
3493 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3494 | RTUuidClear(&ParentUuid);
|
---|
3495 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetParentModificationUuid(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, &ParentModificationUuid);
|
---|
3496 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3497 | RTUuidClear(&ParentModificationUuid);
|
---|
3498 |
|
---|
3499 | char szComment[1024];
|
---|
3500 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetComment(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, szComment, sizeof(szComment));
|
---|
3501 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3502 | szComment[0] = '\0';
|
---|
3503 | else
|
---|
3504 | szComment[sizeof(szComment) - 1] = '\0';
|
---|
3505 |
|
---|
3506 | unsigned uOpenFlagsFrom;
|
---|
3507 | uOpenFlagsFrom = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageFrom->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3508 |
|
---|
3509 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
3510 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3511 | fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
3512 |
|
---|
3513 | if (pszFilename)
|
---|
3514 | {
|
---|
3515 | if (cbSize == 0)
|
---|
3516 | cbSize = cbSizeFrom;
|
---|
3517 |
|
---|
3518 | /* Create destination image with the properties of the source image. */
|
---|
3519 | /** @todo replace the VDCreateDiff/VDCreateBase calls by direct
|
---|
3520 | * calls to the backend. Unifies the code and reduces the API
|
---|
3521 | * dependencies. Would also make the synchronization explicit. */
|
---|
3522 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF)
|
---|
3523 | {
|
---|
3524 | rc = VDCreateDiff(pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename, uImageFlags,
|
---|
3525 | szComment, &ImageUuid, &ParentUuid, uOpenFlagsFrom & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY, NULL, NULL);
|
---|
3526 |
|
---|
3527 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
3528 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3529 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
3530 | } else {
|
---|
3531 | /** @todo hack to force creation of a fixed image for
|
---|
3532 | * the RAW backend, which can't handle anything else. */
|
---|
3533 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, "RAW"))
|
---|
3534 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED;
|
---|
3535 |
|
---|
3536 | /* Fix broken PCHS geometry. Can happen for two reasons: either
|
---|
3537 | * the backend mixes up PCHS and LCHS, or the application used
|
---|
3538 | * to create the source image has put garbage in it. */
|
---|
3539 | /** @todo double-check if the VHD backend correctly handles
|
---|
3540 | * PCHS and LCHS geometry. also reconsider our current paranoia
|
---|
3541 | * level when it comes to geometry settings here and in the
|
---|
3542 | * backends. */
|
---|
3543 | if (PCHSGeometryFrom.cHeads > 16 || PCHSGeometryFrom.cSectors > 63)
|
---|
3544 | {
|
---|
3545 | Assert(RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / 16 / 63, 16383) - (uint32_t)RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / 16 / 63, 16383));
|
---|
3546 | PCHSGeometryFrom.cCylinders = (uint32_t)RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / 16 / 63, 16383);
|
---|
3547 | PCHSGeometryFrom.cHeads = 16;
|
---|
3548 | PCHSGeometryFrom.cSectors = 63;
|
---|
3549 | }
|
---|
3550 |
|
---|
3551 | rc = VDCreateBase(pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename, cbSize,
|
---|
3552 | uImageFlags, szComment,
|
---|
3553 | &PCHSGeometryFrom, &LCHSGeometryFrom,
|
---|
3554 | NULL, uOpenFlagsFrom & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY, NULL, NULL);
|
---|
3555 |
|
---|
3556 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
3557 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3558 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
3559 |
|
---|
3560 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && !RTUuidIsNull(&ImageUuid))
|
---|
3561 | pDiskTo->pLast->Backend->pfnSetUuid(pDiskTo->pLast->pvBackendData, &ImageUuid);
|
---|
3562 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && !RTUuidIsNull(&ParentUuid))
|
---|
3563 | pDiskTo->pLast->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pDiskTo->pLast->pvBackendData, &ParentUuid);
|
---|
3564 | }
|
---|
3565 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3566 | break;
|
---|
3567 |
|
---|
3568 | pImageTo = pDiskTo->pLast;
|
---|
3569 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImageTo, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
3570 |
|
---|
3571 | cbSize = RT_MIN(cbSize, cbSizeFrom);
|
---|
3572 | }
|
---|
3573 | else
|
---|
3574 | {
|
---|
3575 | pImageTo = pDiskTo->pLast;
|
---|
3576 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImageTo, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
3577 |
|
---|
3578 | uint64_t cbSizeTo;
|
---|
3579 | cbSizeTo = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImageTo->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3580 | if (cbSizeTo == 0)
|
---|
3581 | {
|
---|
3582 | rc = VERR_VD_VALUE_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
3583 | break;
|
---|
3584 | }
|
---|
3585 |
|
---|
3586 | if (cbSize == 0)
|
---|
3587 | cbSize = RT_MIN(cbSizeFrom, cbSizeTo);
|
---|
3588 | }
|
---|
3589 |
|
---|
3590 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
3591 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3592 | fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
3593 |
|
---|
3594 | /* Allocate tmp buffer. */
|
---|
3595 | pvBuf = RTMemTmpAlloc(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
---|
3596 | if (!pvBuf)
|
---|
3597 | {
|
---|
3598 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3599 | break;
|
---|
3600 | }
|
---|
3601 |
|
---|
3602 | /* Copy the data. */
|
---|
3603 | uint64_t uOffset = 0;
|
---|
3604 | uint64_t cbRemaining = cbSize;
|
---|
3605 |
|
---|
3606 | do
|
---|
3607 | {
|
---|
3608 | size_t cbThisRead = RT_MIN(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE, cbRemaining);
|
---|
3609 |
|
---|
3610 | /* Note that we don't attempt to synchronize cross-disk accesses.
|
---|
3611 | * It wouldn't be very difficult to do, just the lock order would
|
---|
3612 | * need to be defined somehow to prevent deadlocks. Postpone such
|
---|
3613 | * magic as there is no use case for this. */
|
---|
3614 |
|
---|
3615 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
3616 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3617 | fLockReadFrom = true;
|
---|
3618 |
|
---|
3619 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDiskFrom, pImageFrom, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
3620 | cbThisRead);
|
---|
3621 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3622 | break;
|
---|
3623 |
|
---|
3624 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
3625 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3626 | fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
3627 |
|
---|
3628 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
3629 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3630 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
3631 |
|
---|
3632 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDiskTo, pImageTo, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
3633 | cbThisRead);
|
---|
3634 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3635 | break;
|
---|
3636 |
|
---|
3637 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
3638 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3639 | fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
3640 |
|
---|
3641 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
3642 | cbRemaining -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
3643 |
|
---|
3644 | if (pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3645 | {
|
---|
3646 | /** @todo r=klaus: this can update the progress to the same
|
---|
3647 | * percentage over and over again if the image format makes
|
---|
3648 | * relatively small increments. */
|
---|
3649 | rc = pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser,
|
---|
3650 | uOffset * 99 / cbSize);
|
---|
3651 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3652 | break;
|
---|
3653 | }
|
---|
3654 | if (pDstCbProgress && pDstCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3655 | {
|
---|
3656 | /** @todo r=klaus: this can update the progress to the same
|
---|
3657 | * percentage over and over again if the image format makes
|
---|
3658 | * relatively small increments. */
|
---|
3659 | rc = pDstCbProgress->pfnProgress(pDstIfProgress->pvUser,
|
---|
3660 | uOffset * 99 / cbSize);
|
---|
3661 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3662 | break;
|
---|
3663 | }
|
---|
3664 | } while (uOffset < cbSize);
|
---|
3665 |
|
---|
3666 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3667 | {
|
---|
3668 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
3669 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3670 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
3671 |
|
---|
3672 | /* Only set modification UUID if it is non-null, since the source
|
---|
3673 | * backend might not provide a valid modification UUID. */
|
---|
3674 | if (!RTUuidIsNull(&ImageModificationUuid))
|
---|
3675 | pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pImageTo->pvBackendData, &ImageModificationUuid);
|
---|
3676 | /** @todo double-check this - it makes little sense to copy over the parent modification uuid,
|
---|
3677 | * as the destination image can have a totally different parent. */
|
---|
3678 | #if 0
|
---|
3679 | pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetParentModificationUuid(pImageTo->pvBackendData, &ParentModificationUuid);
|
---|
3680 | #endif
|
---|
3681 | }
|
---|
3682 | } while (0);
|
---|
3683 |
|
---|
3684 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) && pImageTo && pszFilename)
|
---|
3685 | {
|
---|
3686 | /* Take the write lock only if it is not taken. Not worth making the
|
---|
3687 | * above code even more complicated. */
|
---|
3688 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!fLockWriteTo))
|
---|
3689 | {
|
---|
3690 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
3691 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3692 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
3693 | }
|
---|
3694 | /* Error detected, but new image created. Remove image from list. */
|
---|
3695 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDiskTo, pImageTo);
|
---|
3696 |
|
---|
3697 | /* Close and delete image. */
|
---|
3698 | rc2 = pImageTo->Backend->pfnClose(pImageTo->pvBackendData, true);
|
---|
3699 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3700 | pImageTo->pvBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
3701 |
|
---|
3702 | /* Free remaining resources. */
|
---|
3703 | if (pImageTo->pszFilename)
|
---|
3704 | RTStrFree(pImageTo->pszFilename);
|
---|
3705 |
|
---|
3706 | RTMemFree(pImageTo);
|
---|
3707 | }
|
---|
3708 |
|
---|
3709 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWriteTo))
|
---|
3710 | {
|
---|
3711 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
3712 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3713 | }
|
---|
3714 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWriteFrom))
|
---|
3715 | {
|
---|
3716 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
3717 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3718 | }
|
---|
3719 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockReadFrom))
|
---|
3720 | {
|
---|
3721 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
3722 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3723 | }
|
---|
3724 |
|
---|
3725 | if (pvBuf)
|
---|
3726 | RTMemTmpFree(pvBuf);
|
---|
3727 |
|
---|
3728 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3729 | {
|
---|
3730 | if (pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3731 | pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser, 100);
|
---|
3732 | if (pDstCbProgress && pDstCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3733 | pDstCbProgress->pfnProgress(pDstIfProgress->pvUser, 100);
|
---|
3734 | }
|
---|
3735 |
|
---|
3736 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3737 | return rc;
|
---|
3738 | }
|
---|
3739 |
|
---|
3740 | /**
|
---|
3741 | * Optimizes the storage consumption of an image. Typically the unused blocks
|
---|
3742 | * have to be wiped with zeroes to achieve a substantial reduced storage use.
|
---|
3743 | * Another optimization done is reordering the image blocks, which can provide
|
---|
3744 | * a significant performance boost, as reads and writes tend to use less random
|
---|
3745 | * file offsets.
|
---|
3746 | *
|
---|
3747 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
3748 | * @return VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
3749 | * @return VERR_VD_IMAGE_READ_ONLY if image is not writable.
|
---|
3750 | * @return VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED if this kind of image can be compacted, but
|
---|
3751 | * the code for this isn't implemented yet.
|
---|
3752 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
3753 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
3754 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
3755 | */
|
---|
3756 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCompact(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
3757 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
3758 | {
|
---|
3759 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3760 | int rc2;
|
---|
3761 | bool fLockRead = false, fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
3762 | void *pvBuf = NULL;
|
---|
3763 | void *pvTmp = NULL;
|
---|
3764 |
|
---|
3765 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
3766 | pDisk, nImage, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
3767 |
|
---|
3768 | PVDINTERFACE pIfProgress = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
3769 | VDINTERFACETYPE_PROGRESS);
|
---|
3770 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pCbProgress = NULL;
|
---|
3771 | if (pIfProgress)
|
---|
3772 | pCbProgress = VDGetInterfaceProgress(pIfProgress);
|
---|
3773 |
|
---|
3774 | do {
|
---|
3775 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
3776 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDisk), ("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk),
|
---|
3777 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3778 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
3779 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
3780 |
|
---|
3781 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
3782 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3783 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
3784 |
|
---|
3785 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
3786 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
3787 |
|
---|
3788 | /* If there is no compact callback for not file based backends then
|
---|
3789 | * the backend doesn't need compaction. No need to make much fuss about
|
---|
3790 | * this. For file based ones signal this as not yet supported. */
|
---|
3791 | if (!pImage->Backend->pfnCompact)
|
---|
3792 | {
|
---|
3793 | if (pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_FILE)
|
---|
3794 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
3795 | else
|
---|
3796 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3797 | break;
|
---|
3798 | }
|
---|
3799 |
|
---|
3800 | /* Insert interface for reading parent state into per-operation list,
|
---|
3801 | * if there is a parent image. */
|
---|
3802 | VDINTERFACE IfOpParent;
|
---|
3803 | VDINTERFACEPARENTSTATE ParentCb;
|
---|
3804 | VDPARENTSTATEDESC ParentUser;
|
---|
3805 | if (pImage->pPrev)
|
---|
3806 | {
|
---|
3807 | ParentCb.cbSize = sizeof(ParentCb);
|
---|
3808 | ParentCb.enmInterface = VDINTERFACETYPE_PARENTSTATE;
|
---|
3809 | ParentCb.pfnParentRead = vdParentRead;
|
---|
3810 | ParentUser.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
3811 | ParentUser.pImage = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
3812 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&IfOpParent, "VDCompact_ParentState", VDINTERFACETYPE_PARENTSTATE,
|
---|
3813 | &ParentCb, &ParentUser, &pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
3814 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
3815 | }
|
---|
3816 |
|
---|
3817 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
3818 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3819 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
3820 |
|
---|
3821 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3822 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3823 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3824 |
|
---|
3825 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnCompact(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3826 | 0, 99,
|
---|
3827 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
3828 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
3829 | pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
3830 | } while (0);
|
---|
3831 |
|
---|
3832 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
3833 | {
|
---|
3834 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3835 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3836 | }
|
---|
3837 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
3838 | {
|
---|
3839 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
3840 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3841 | }
|
---|
3842 |
|
---|
3843 | if (pvBuf)
|
---|
3844 | RTMemTmpFree(pvBuf);
|
---|
3845 | if (pvTmp)
|
---|
3846 | RTMemTmpFree(pvTmp);
|
---|
3847 |
|
---|
3848 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3849 | {
|
---|
3850 | if (pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3851 | pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser, 100);
|
---|
3852 | }
|
---|
3853 |
|
---|
3854 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3855 | return rc;
|
---|
3856 | }
|
---|
3857 |
|
---|
3858 | /**
|
---|
3859 | * Closes the last opened image file in HDD container.
|
---|
3860 | * If previous image file was opened in read-only mode (the normal case) and
|
---|
3861 | * the last opened image is in read-write mode then the previous image will be
|
---|
3862 | * reopened in read/write mode.
|
---|
3863 | *
|
---|
3864 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3865 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
3866 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
3867 | * @param fDelete If true, delete the image from the host disk.
|
---|
3868 | */
|
---|
3869 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDClose(PVBOXHDD pDisk, bool fDelete)
|
---|
3870 | {
|
---|
3871 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3872 | int rc2;
|
---|
3873 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
3874 |
|
---|
3875 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p fDelete=%d\n", pDisk, fDelete));
|
---|
3876 | do
|
---|
3877 | {
|
---|
3878 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
3879 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3880 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
3881 |
|
---|
3882 | /* Not worth splitting this up into a read lock phase and write
|
---|
3883 | * lock phase, as closing an image is a relatively fast operation
|
---|
3884 | * dominated by the part which needs the write lock. */
|
---|
3885 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3886 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3887 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3888 |
|
---|
3889 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
3890 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
3891 | {
|
---|
3892 | rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED;
|
---|
3893 | break;
|
---|
3894 | }
|
---|
3895 | unsigned uOpenFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3896 | /* Remove image from list of opened images. */
|
---|
3897 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
3898 | /* Close (and optionally delete) image. */
|
---|
3899 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pvBackendData, fDelete);
|
---|
3900 | /* Free remaining resources related to the image. */
|
---|
3901 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
3902 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
3903 |
|
---|
3904 | pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
3905 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
3906 | break;
|
---|
3907 |
|
---|
3908 | /* If disk was previously in read/write mode, make sure it will stay
|
---|
3909 | * like this (if possible) after closing this image. Set the open flags
|
---|
3910 | * accordingly. */
|
---|
3911 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
3912 | {
|
---|
3913 | uOpenFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3914 | uOpenFlags &= ~ VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
3915 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImage->pvBackendData, uOpenFlags);
|
---|
3916 | }
|
---|
3917 |
|
---|
3918 | /* Cache disk information. */
|
---|
3919 | pDisk->cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3920 |
|
---|
3921 | /* Cache PCHS geometry. */
|
---|
3922 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3923 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
3924 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
3925 | {
|
---|
3926 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
3927 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
3928 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
3929 | }
|
---|
3930 | else
|
---|
3931 | {
|
---|
3932 | /* Make sure the PCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
3933 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, 16383);
|
---|
3934 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 16);
|
---|
3935 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
3936 | }
|
---|
3937 |
|
---|
3938 | /* Cache LCHS geometry. */
|
---|
3939 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3940 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
3941 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
3942 | {
|
---|
3943 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
3944 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
3945 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
3946 | }
|
---|
3947 | else
|
---|
3948 | {
|
---|
3949 | /* Make sure the LCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
3950 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
3951 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
3952 | }
|
---|
3953 | } while (0);
|
---|
3954 |
|
---|
3955 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
3956 | {
|
---|
3957 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3958 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3959 | }
|
---|
3960 |
|
---|
3961 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3962 | return rc;
|
---|
3963 | }
|
---|
3964 |
|
---|
3965 | /**
|
---|
3966 | * Closes all opened image files in HDD container.
|
---|
3967 | *
|
---|
3968 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3969 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
3970 | */
|
---|
3971 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCloseAll(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
3972 | {
|
---|
3973 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3974 | int rc2;
|
---|
3975 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
3976 |
|
---|
3977 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
3978 | do
|
---|
3979 | {
|
---|
3980 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
3981 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3982 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
3983 |
|
---|
3984 | /* Lock the entire operation. */
|
---|
3985 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3986 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3987 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3988 |
|
---|
3989 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
3990 | while (VALID_PTR(pImage))
|
---|
3991 | {
|
---|
3992 | PVDIMAGE pPrev = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
3993 | /* Remove image from list of opened images. */
|
---|
3994 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
3995 | /* Close image. */
|
---|
3996 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pvBackendData, false);
|
---|
3997 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2) && RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3998 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
3999 | /* Free remaining resources related to the image. */
|
---|
4000 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
4001 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
4002 | pImage = pPrev;
|
---|
4003 | }
|
---|
4004 | Assert(!VALID_PTR(pDisk->pLast));
|
---|
4005 | } while (0);
|
---|
4006 |
|
---|
4007 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
4008 | {
|
---|
4009 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4010 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4011 | }
|
---|
4012 |
|
---|
4013 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4014 | return rc;
|
---|
4015 | }
|
---|
4016 |
|
---|
4017 | /**
|
---|
4018 | * Read data from virtual HDD.
|
---|
4019 | *
|
---|
4020 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4021 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
4022 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4023 | * @param uOffset Offset of first reading byte from start of disk.
|
---|
4024 | * @param pvBuf Pointer to buffer for reading data.
|
---|
4025 | * @param cbRead Number of bytes to read.
|
---|
4026 | */
|
---|
4027 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
4028 | size_t cbRead)
|
---|
4029 | {
|
---|
4030 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4031 | int rc2;
|
---|
4032 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4033 |
|
---|
4034 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%p cbRead=%zu\n",
|
---|
4035 | pDisk, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead));
|
---|
4036 | do
|
---|
4037 | {
|
---|
4038 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4039 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4040 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4041 |
|
---|
4042 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4043 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pvBuf),
|
---|
4044 | ("pvBuf=%#p\n", pvBuf),
|
---|
4045 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4046 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbRead,
|
---|
4047 | ("cbRead=%zu\n", cbRead),
|
---|
4048 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4049 |
|
---|
4050 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4051 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4052 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4053 |
|
---|
4054 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbRead <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
4055 | ("uOffset=%llu cbRead=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
4056 | uOffset, cbRead, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
4057 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4058 |
|
---|
4059 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
4060 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
4061 |
|
---|
4062 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDisk, pImage, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead);
|
---|
4063 | } while (0);
|
---|
4064 |
|
---|
4065 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4066 | {
|
---|
4067 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4068 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4069 | }
|
---|
4070 |
|
---|
4071 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4072 | return rc;
|
---|
4073 | }
|
---|
4074 |
|
---|
4075 | /**
|
---|
4076 | * Write data to virtual HDD.
|
---|
4077 | *
|
---|
4078 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4079 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
4080 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4081 | * @param uOffset Offset of the first byte being
|
---|
4082 | * written from start of disk.
|
---|
4083 | * @param pvBuf Pointer to buffer for writing data.
|
---|
4084 | * @param cbWrite Number of bytes to write.
|
---|
4085 | */
|
---|
4086 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, const void *pvBuf,
|
---|
4087 | size_t cbWrite)
|
---|
4088 | {
|
---|
4089 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4090 | int rc2;
|
---|
4091 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
4092 |
|
---|
4093 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%p cbWrite=%zu\n",
|
---|
4094 | pDisk, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite));
|
---|
4095 | do
|
---|
4096 | {
|
---|
4097 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4098 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4099 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4100 |
|
---|
4101 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4102 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pvBuf),
|
---|
4103 | ("pvBuf=%#p\n", pvBuf),
|
---|
4104 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4105 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbWrite,
|
---|
4106 | ("cbWrite=%zu\n", cbWrite),
|
---|
4107 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4108 |
|
---|
4109 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4110 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4111 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
4112 |
|
---|
4113 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbWrite <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
4114 | ("uOffset=%llu cbWrite=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
4115 | uOffset, cbWrite, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
4116 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4117 |
|
---|
4118 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
4119 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
4120 |
|
---|
4121 | vdSetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
4122 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDisk, pImage, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite);
|
---|
4123 | } while (0);
|
---|
4124 |
|
---|
4125 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
4126 | {
|
---|
4127 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4128 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4129 | }
|
---|
4130 |
|
---|
4131 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4132 | return rc;
|
---|
4133 | }
|
---|
4134 |
|
---|
4135 | /**
|
---|
4136 | * Make sure the on disk representation of a virtual HDD is up to date.
|
---|
4137 | *
|
---|
4138 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4139 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
4140 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4141 | */
|
---|
4142 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDFlush(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
4143 | {
|
---|
4144 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4145 | int rc2;
|
---|
4146 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
4147 |
|
---|
4148 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
4149 | do
|
---|
4150 | {
|
---|
4151 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4152 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4153 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4154 |
|
---|
4155 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4156 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4157 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
4158 |
|
---|
4159 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
4160 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
4161 |
|
---|
4162 | vdResetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
4163 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnFlush(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4164 | } while (0);
|
---|
4165 |
|
---|
4166 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
4167 | {
|
---|
4168 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4169 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4170 | }
|
---|
4171 |
|
---|
4172 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4173 | return rc;
|
---|
4174 | }
|
---|
4175 |
|
---|
4176 | /**
|
---|
4177 | * Get number of opened images in HDD container.
|
---|
4178 | *
|
---|
4179 | * @returns Number of opened images for HDD container. 0 if no images have been opened.
|
---|
4180 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4181 | */
|
---|
4182 | VBOXDDU_DECL(unsigned) VDGetCount(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
4183 | {
|
---|
4184 | unsigned cImages;
|
---|
4185 | int rc2;
|
---|
4186 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4187 |
|
---|
4188 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
4189 | do
|
---|
4190 | {
|
---|
4191 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4192 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cImages = 0);
|
---|
4193 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4194 |
|
---|
4195 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4196 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4197 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4198 |
|
---|
4199 | cImages = pDisk->cImages;
|
---|
4200 | } while (0);
|
---|
4201 |
|
---|
4202 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4203 | {
|
---|
4204 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4205 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4206 | }
|
---|
4207 |
|
---|
4208 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %u\n", cImages));
|
---|
4209 | return cImages;
|
---|
4210 | }
|
---|
4211 |
|
---|
4212 | /**
|
---|
4213 | * Get read/write mode of HDD container.
|
---|
4214 | *
|
---|
4215 | * @returns Virtual disk ReadOnly status.
|
---|
4216 | * @returns true if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
4217 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4218 | */
|
---|
4219 | VBOXDDU_DECL(bool) VDIsReadOnly(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
4220 | {
|
---|
4221 | bool fReadOnly;
|
---|
4222 | int rc2;
|
---|
4223 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4224 |
|
---|
4225 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
4226 | do
|
---|
4227 | {
|
---|
4228 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4229 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, fReadOnly = false);
|
---|
4230 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4231 |
|
---|
4232 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4233 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4234 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4235 |
|
---|
4236 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
4237 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, fReadOnly = true);
|
---|
4238 |
|
---|
4239 | unsigned uOpenFlags;
|
---|
4240 | uOpenFlags = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4241 | fReadOnly = !!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY);
|
---|
4242 | } while (0);
|
---|
4243 |
|
---|
4244 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4245 | {
|
---|
4246 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4247 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4248 | }
|
---|
4249 |
|
---|
4250 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %d\n", fReadOnly));
|
---|
4251 | return fReadOnly;
|
---|
4252 | }
|
---|
4253 |
|
---|
4254 | /**
|
---|
4255 | * Get total capacity of an image in HDD container.
|
---|
4256 | *
|
---|
4257 | * @returns Virtual disk size in bytes.
|
---|
4258 | * @returns 0 if no image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4259 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4260 | * @param nImage Image number, counds from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4261 | */
|
---|
4262 | VBOXDDU_DECL(uint64_t) VDGetSize(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
4263 | {
|
---|
4264 | uint64_t cbSize;
|
---|
4265 | int rc2;
|
---|
4266 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4267 |
|
---|
4268 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u\n", pDisk, nImage));
|
---|
4269 | do
|
---|
4270 | {
|
---|
4271 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4272 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
4273 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4274 |
|
---|
4275 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4276 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4277 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4278 |
|
---|
4279 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4280 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
4281 | cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4282 | } while (0);
|
---|
4283 |
|
---|
4284 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4285 | {
|
---|
4286 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4287 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4288 | }
|
---|
4289 |
|
---|
4290 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %llu\n", cbSize));
|
---|
4291 | return cbSize;
|
---|
4292 | }
|
---|
4293 |
|
---|
4294 | /**
|
---|
4295 | * Get total file size of an image in HDD container.
|
---|
4296 | *
|
---|
4297 | * @returns Virtual disk size in bytes.
|
---|
4298 | * @returns 0 if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
4299 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4300 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4301 | */
|
---|
4302 | VBOXDDU_DECL(uint64_t) VDGetFileSize(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
4303 | {
|
---|
4304 | uint64_t cbSize;
|
---|
4305 | int rc2;
|
---|
4306 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4307 |
|
---|
4308 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u\n", pDisk, nImage));
|
---|
4309 | do
|
---|
4310 | {
|
---|
4311 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4312 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
4313 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4314 |
|
---|
4315 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4316 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4317 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4318 |
|
---|
4319 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4320 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
4321 | cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetFileSize(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4322 | } while (0);
|
---|
4323 |
|
---|
4324 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4325 | {
|
---|
4326 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4327 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4328 | }
|
---|
4329 |
|
---|
4330 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %llu\n", cbSize));
|
---|
4331 | return cbSize;
|
---|
4332 | }
|
---|
4333 |
|
---|
4334 | /**
|
---|
4335 | * Get virtual disk PCHS geometry stored in HDD container.
|
---|
4336 | *
|
---|
4337 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4338 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4339 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
4340 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4341 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4342 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Where to store PCHS geometry. Not NULL.
|
---|
4343 | */
|
---|
4344 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetPCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4345 | PPDMMEDIAGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
4346 | {
|
---|
4347 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4348 | int rc2;
|
---|
4349 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4350 |
|
---|
4351 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pPCHSGeometry=%#p\n",
|
---|
4352 | pDisk, nImage, pPCHSGeometry));
|
---|
4353 | do
|
---|
4354 | {
|
---|
4355 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4356 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4357 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4358 |
|
---|
4359 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4360 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pPCHSGeometry),
|
---|
4361 | ("pPCHSGeometry=%#p\n", pPCHSGeometry),
|
---|
4362 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4363 |
|
---|
4364 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4365 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4366 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4367 |
|
---|
4368 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4369 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4370 |
|
---|
4371 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
4372 | {
|
---|
4373 | /* Use cached information if possible. */
|
---|
4374 | if (pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders != 0)
|
---|
4375 | *pPCHSGeometry = pDisk->PCHSGeometry;
|
---|
4376 | else
|
---|
4377 | rc = VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET;
|
---|
4378 | }
|
---|
4379 | else
|
---|
4380 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4381 | pPCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4382 | } while (0);
|
---|
4383 |
|
---|
4384 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4385 | {
|
---|
4386 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4387 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4388 | }
|
---|
4389 |
|
---|
4390 | LogFlowFunc(("%s: %Rrc (PCHS=%u/%u/%u)\n", __FUNCTION__, rc,
|
---|
4391 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads,
|
---|
4392 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors));
|
---|
4393 | return rc;
|
---|
4394 | }
|
---|
4395 |
|
---|
4396 | /**
|
---|
4397 | * Store virtual disk PCHS geometry in HDD container.
|
---|
4398 | *
|
---|
4399 | * Note that in case of unrecoverable error all images in HDD container will be closed.
|
---|
4400 | *
|
---|
4401 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4402 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4403 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
4404 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4405 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4406 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Where to load PCHS geometry from. Not NULL.
|
---|
4407 | */
|
---|
4408 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetPCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4409 | PCPDMMEDIAGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
4410 | {
|
---|
4411 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4412 | int rc2;
|
---|
4413 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
4414 |
|
---|
4415 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pPCHSGeometry=%#p PCHS=%u/%u/%u\n",
|
---|
4416 | pDisk, nImage, pPCHSGeometry, pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders,
|
---|
4417 | pPCHSGeometry->cHeads, pPCHSGeometry->cSectors));
|
---|
4418 | do
|
---|
4419 | {
|
---|
4420 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4421 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4422 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4423 |
|
---|
4424 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4425 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
4426 | && pPCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 16
|
---|
4427 | && pPCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
4428 | ("pPCHSGeometry=%#p PCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
4429 | pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pPCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
4430 | pPCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
4431 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4432 |
|
---|
4433 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4434 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4435 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
4436 |
|
---|
4437 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4438 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4439 |
|
---|
4440 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
4441 | {
|
---|
4442 | if ( pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders != pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders
|
---|
4443 | || pPCHSGeometry->cHeads != pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads
|
---|
4444 | || pPCHSGeometry->cSectors != pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors)
|
---|
4445 | {
|
---|
4446 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
4447 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
4448 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
4449 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
4450 | * right now. */
|
---|
4451 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4452 | pPCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4453 |
|
---|
4454 | /* Cache new geometry values in any case. */
|
---|
4455 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4456 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4457 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
4458 | {
|
---|
4459 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
4460 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
4461 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
4462 | }
|
---|
4463 | else
|
---|
4464 | {
|
---|
4465 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
4466 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
4467 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
4468 | }
|
---|
4469 | }
|
---|
4470 | }
|
---|
4471 | else
|
---|
4472 | {
|
---|
4473 | PDMMEDIAGEOMETRY PCHS;
|
---|
4474 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4475 | &PCHS);
|
---|
4476 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
4477 | || pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders != PCHS.cCylinders
|
---|
4478 | || pPCHSGeometry->cHeads != PCHS.cHeads
|
---|
4479 | || pPCHSGeometry->cSectors != PCHS.cSectors)
|
---|
4480 | {
|
---|
4481 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
4482 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
4483 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
4484 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
4485 | * right now. */
|
---|
4486 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4487 | pPCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4488 | }
|
---|
4489 | }
|
---|
4490 | } while (0);
|
---|
4491 |
|
---|
4492 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
4493 | {
|
---|
4494 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4495 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4496 | }
|
---|
4497 |
|
---|
4498 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4499 | return rc;
|
---|
4500 | }
|
---|
4501 |
|
---|
4502 | /**
|
---|
4503 | * Get virtual disk LCHS geometry stored in HDD container.
|
---|
4504 | *
|
---|
4505 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4506 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4507 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
4508 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4509 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4510 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Where to store LCHS geometry. Not NULL.
|
---|
4511 | */
|
---|
4512 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetLCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4513 | PPDMMEDIAGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
4514 | {
|
---|
4515 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4516 | int rc2;
|
---|
4517 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4518 |
|
---|
4519 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pLCHSGeometry=%#p\n",
|
---|
4520 | pDisk, nImage, pLCHSGeometry));
|
---|
4521 | do
|
---|
4522 | {
|
---|
4523 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4524 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4525 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4526 |
|
---|
4527 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4528 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pLCHSGeometry),
|
---|
4529 | ("pLCHSGeometry=%#p\n", pLCHSGeometry),
|
---|
4530 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4531 |
|
---|
4532 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4533 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4534 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4535 |
|
---|
4536 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4537 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4538 |
|
---|
4539 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
4540 | {
|
---|
4541 | /* Use cached information if possible. */
|
---|
4542 | if (pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders != 0)
|
---|
4543 | *pLCHSGeometry = pDisk->LCHSGeometry;
|
---|
4544 | else
|
---|
4545 | rc = VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET;
|
---|
4546 | }
|
---|
4547 | else
|
---|
4548 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4549 | pLCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4550 | } while (0);
|
---|
4551 |
|
---|
4552 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4553 | {
|
---|
4554 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4555 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4556 | }
|
---|
4557 |
|
---|
4558 | LogFlowFunc((": %Rrc (LCHS=%u/%u/%u)\n", rc,
|
---|
4559 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders, pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads,
|
---|
4560 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors));
|
---|
4561 | return rc;
|
---|
4562 | }
|
---|
4563 |
|
---|
4564 | /**
|
---|
4565 | * Store virtual disk LCHS geometry in HDD container.
|
---|
4566 | *
|
---|
4567 | * Note that in case of unrecoverable error all images in HDD container will be closed.
|
---|
4568 | *
|
---|
4569 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4570 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4571 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
4572 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4573 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4574 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Where to load LCHS geometry from. Not NULL.
|
---|
4575 | */
|
---|
4576 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetLCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4577 | PCPDMMEDIAGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
4578 | {
|
---|
4579 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4580 | int rc2;
|
---|
4581 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
4582 |
|
---|
4583 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pLCHSGeometry=%#p LCHS=%u/%u/%u\n",
|
---|
4584 | pDisk, nImage, pLCHSGeometry, pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders,
|
---|
4585 | pLCHSGeometry->cHeads, pLCHSGeometry->cSectors));
|
---|
4586 | do
|
---|
4587 | {
|
---|
4588 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4589 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4590 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4591 |
|
---|
4592 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4593 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
4594 | && pLCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 255
|
---|
4595 | && pLCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
4596 | ("pLCHSGeometry=%#p LCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
4597 | pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pLCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
4598 | pLCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
4599 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4600 |
|
---|
4601 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4602 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4603 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
4604 |
|
---|
4605 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4606 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4607 |
|
---|
4608 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
4609 | {
|
---|
4610 | if ( pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders != pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders
|
---|
4611 | || pLCHSGeometry->cHeads != pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads
|
---|
4612 | || pLCHSGeometry->cSectors != pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors)
|
---|
4613 | {
|
---|
4614 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
4615 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
4616 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
4617 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
4618 | * right now. */
|
---|
4619 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4620 | pLCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4621 |
|
---|
4622 | /* Cache new geometry values in any case. */
|
---|
4623 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4624 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4625 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
4626 | {
|
---|
4627 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
4628 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
4629 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
4630 | }
|
---|
4631 | else
|
---|
4632 | {
|
---|
4633 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
4634 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
4635 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
4636 | }
|
---|
4637 | }
|
---|
4638 | }
|
---|
4639 | else
|
---|
4640 | {
|
---|
4641 | PDMMEDIAGEOMETRY LCHS;
|
---|
4642 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4643 | &LCHS);
|
---|
4644 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
4645 | || pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders != LCHS.cCylinders
|
---|
4646 | || pLCHSGeometry->cHeads != LCHS.cHeads
|
---|
4647 | || pLCHSGeometry->cSectors != LCHS.cSectors)
|
---|
4648 | {
|
---|
4649 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
4650 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
4651 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
4652 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
4653 | * right now. */
|
---|
4654 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4655 | pLCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4656 | }
|
---|
4657 | }
|
---|
4658 | } while (0);
|
---|
4659 |
|
---|
4660 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
4661 | {
|
---|
4662 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4663 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4664 | }
|
---|
4665 |
|
---|
4666 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4667 | return rc;
|
---|
4668 | }
|
---|
4669 |
|
---|
4670 | /**
|
---|
4671 | * Get version of image in HDD container.
|
---|
4672 | *
|
---|
4673 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4674 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4675 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4676 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4677 | * @param puVersion Where to store the image version.
|
---|
4678 | */
|
---|
4679 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetVersion(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4680 | unsigned *puVersion)
|
---|
4681 | {
|
---|
4682 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4683 | int rc2;
|
---|
4684 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4685 |
|
---|
4686 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u puVersion=%#p\n",
|
---|
4687 | pDisk, nImage, puVersion));
|
---|
4688 | do
|
---|
4689 | {
|
---|
4690 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4691 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4692 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4693 |
|
---|
4694 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4695 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(puVersion),
|
---|
4696 | ("puVersion=%#p\n", puVersion),
|
---|
4697 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4698 |
|
---|
4699 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4700 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4701 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4702 |
|
---|
4703 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4704 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4705 |
|
---|
4706 | *puVersion = pImage->Backend->pfnGetVersion(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4707 | } while (0);
|
---|
4708 |
|
---|
4709 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4710 | {
|
---|
4711 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4712 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4713 | }
|
---|
4714 |
|
---|
4715 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc uVersion=%#x\n", rc, *puVersion));
|
---|
4716 | return rc;
|
---|
4717 | }
|
---|
4718 |
|
---|
4719 | /**
|
---|
4720 | * List the capabilities of image backend in HDD container.
|
---|
4721 | *
|
---|
4722 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4723 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4724 | * @param pDisk Pointer to the HDD container.
|
---|
4725 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4726 | * @param pbackendInfo Where to store the backend information.
|
---|
4727 | */
|
---|
4728 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDBackendInfoSingle(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4729 | PVDBACKENDINFO pBackendInfo)
|
---|
4730 | {
|
---|
4731 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4732 | int rc2;
|
---|
4733 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4734 |
|
---|
4735 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pBackendInfo=%#p\n",
|
---|
4736 | pDisk, nImage, pBackendInfo));
|
---|
4737 | do
|
---|
4738 | {
|
---|
4739 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4740 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4741 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4742 |
|
---|
4743 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4744 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pBackendInfo),
|
---|
4745 | ("pBackendInfo=%#p\n", pBackendInfo),
|
---|
4746 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4747 |
|
---|
4748 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4749 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4750 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4751 |
|
---|
4752 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4753 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4754 |
|
---|
4755 | pBackendInfo->pszBackend = pImage->Backend->pszBackendName;
|
---|
4756 | pBackendInfo->uBackendCaps = pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps;
|
---|
4757 | pBackendInfo->papszFileExtensions = pImage->Backend->papszFileExtensions;
|
---|
4758 | pBackendInfo->paConfigInfo = pImage->Backend->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
4759 | } while (0);
|
---|
4760 |
|
---|
4761 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4762 | {
|
---|
4763 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4764 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4765 | }
|
---|
4766 |
|
---|
4767 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4768 | return rc;
|
---|
4769 | }
|
---|
4770 |
|
---|
4771 | /**
|
---|
4772 | * Get flags of image in HDD container.
|
---|
4773 | *
|
---|
4774 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4775 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4776 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4777 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4778 | * @param puImageFlags Where to store the image flags.
|
---|
4779 | */
|
---|
4780 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetImageFlags(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4781 | unsigned *puImageFlags)
|
---|
4782 | {
|
---|
4783 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4784 | int rc2;
|
---|
4785 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4786 |
|
---|
4787 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u puImageFlags=%#p\n",
|
---|
4788 | pDisk, nImage, puImageFlags));
|
---|
4789 | do
|
---|
4790 | {
|
---|
4791 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4792 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4793 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4794 |
|
---|
4795 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4796 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(puImageFlags),
|
---|
4797 | ("puImageFlags=%#p\n", puImageFlags),
|
---|
4798 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4799 |
|
---|
4800 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4801 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4802 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4803 |
|
---|
4804 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4805 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4806 |
|
---|
4807 | *puImageFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetImageFlags(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4808 | } while (0);
|
---|
4809 |
|
---|
4810 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4811 | {
|
---|
4812 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4813 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4814 | }
|
---|
4815 |
|
---|
4816 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc uImageFlags=%#x\n", rc, *puImageFlags));
|
---|
4817 | return rc;
|
---|
4818 | }
|
---|
4819 |
|
---|
4820 | /**
|
---|
4821 | * Get open flags of image in HDD container.
|
---|
4822 | *
|
---|
4823 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4824 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4825 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4826 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4827 | * @param puOpenFlags Where to store the image open flags.
|
---|
4828 | */
|
---|
4829 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetOpenFlags(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4830 | unsigned *puOpenFlags)
|
---|
4831 | {
|
---|
4832 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4833 | int rc2;
|
---|
4834 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4835 |
|
---|
4836 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u puOpenFlags=%#p\n",
|
---|
4837 | pDisk, nImage, puOpenFlags));
|
---|
4838 | do
|
---|
4839 | {
|
---|
4840 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4841 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4842 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4843 |
|
---|
4844 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4845 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(puOpenFlags),
|
---|
4846 | ("puOpenFlags=%#p\n", puOpenFlags),
|
---|
4847 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4848 |
|
---|
4849 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4850 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4851 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4852 |
|
---|
4853 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4854 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4855 |
|
---|
4856 | *puOpenFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4857 | } while (0);
|
---|
4858 |
|
---|
4859 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4860 | {
|
---|
4861 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4862 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4863 | }
|
---|
4864 |
|
---|
4865 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc uOpenFlags=%#x\n", rc, *puOpenFlags));
|
---|
4866 | return rc;
|
---|
4867 | }
|
---|
4868 |
|
---|
4869 | /**
|
---|
4870 | * Set open flags of image in HDD container.
|
---|
4871 | * This operation may cause file locking changes and/or files being reopened.
|
---|
4872 | * Note that in case of unrecoverable error all images in HDD container will be closed.
|
---|
4873 | *
|
---|
4874 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4875 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4876 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4877 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4878 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
4879 | */
|
---|
4880 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetOpenFlags(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4881 | unsigned uOpenFlags)
|
---|
4882 | {
|
---|
4883 | int rc;
|
---|
4884 | int rc2;
|
---|
4885 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
4886 |
|
---|
4887 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOpenFlags=%#u\n", pDisk, uOpenFlags));
|
---|
4888 | do
|
---|
4889 | {
|
---|
4890 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4891 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4892 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4893 |
|
---|
4894 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4895 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
4896 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
4897 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4898 |
|
---|
4899 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4900 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4901 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
4902 |
|
---|
4903 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4904 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4905 |
|
---|
4906 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4907 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
4908 | } while (0);
|
---|
4909 |
|
---|
4910 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
4911 | {
|
---|
4912 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4913 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4914 | }
|
---|
4915 |
|
---|
4916 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4917 | return rc;
|
---|
4918 | }
|
---|
4919 |
|
---|
4920 | /**
|
---|
4921 | * Get base filename of image in HDD container. Some image formats use
|
---|
4922 | * other filenames as well, so don't use this for anything but informational
|
---|
4923 | * purposes.
|
---|
4924 | *
|
---|
4925 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4926 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4927 | * @returns VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if pszFilename buffer too small to hold filename.
|
---|
4928 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4929 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4930 | * @param pszFilename Where to store the image file name.
|
---|
4931 | * @param cbFilename Size of buffer pszFilename points to.
|
---|
4932 | */
|
---|
4933 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetFilename(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4934 | char *pszFilename, unsigned cbFilename)
|
---|
4935 | {
|
---|
4936 | int rc;
|
---|
4937 | int rc2;
|
---|
4938 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4939 |
|
---|
4940 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pszFilename=%#p cbFilename=%u\n",
|
---|
4941 | pDisk, nImage, pszFilename, cbFilename));
|
---|
4942 | do
|
---|
4943 | {
|
---|
4944 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4945 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4946 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4947 |
|
---|
4948 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4949 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
4950 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
4951 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4952 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbFilename,
|
---|
4953 | ("cbFilename=%u\n", cbFilename),
|
---|
4954 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4955 |
|
---|
4956 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4957 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4958 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4959 |
|
---|
4960 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4961 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4962 |
|
---|
4963 | size_t cb = strlen(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
4964 | if (cb <= cbFilename)
|
---|
4965 | {
|
---|
4966 | strcpy(pszFilename, pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
4967 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4968 | }
|
---|
4969 | else
|
---|
4970 | {
|
---|
4971 | strncpy(pszFilename, pImage->pszFilename, cbFilename - 1);
|
---|
4972 | pszFilename[cbFilename - 1] = '\0';
|
---|
4973 | rc = VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
|
---|
4974 | }
|
---|
4975 | } while (0);
|
---|
4976 |
|
---|
4977 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4978 | {
|
---|
4979 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4980 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4981 | }
|
---|
4982 |
|
---|
4983 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, pszFilename=\"%s\"\n", rc, pszFilename));
|
---|
4984 | return rc;
|
---|
4985 | }
|
---|
4986 |
|
---|
4987 | /**
|
---|
4988 | * Get the comment line of image in HDD container.
|
---|
4989 | *
|
---|
4990 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4991 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4992 | * @returns VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if pszComment buffer too small to hold comment text.
|
---|
4993 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4994 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4995 | * @param pszComment Where to store the comment string of image. NULL is ok.
|
---|
4996 | * @param cbComment The size of pszComment buffer. 0 is ok.
|
---|
4997 | */
|
---|
4998 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetComment(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4999 | char *pszComment, unsigned cbComment)
|
---|
5000 | {
|
---|
5001 | int rc;
|
---|
5002 | int rc2;
|
---|
5003 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5004 |
|
---|
5005 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pszComment=%#p cbComment=%u\n",
|
---|
5006 | pDisk, nImage, pszComment, cbComment));
|
---|
5007 | do
|
---|
5008 | {
|
---|
5009 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5010 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5011 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5012 |
|
---|
5013 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5014 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszComment),
|
---|
5015 | ("pszComment=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszComment, pszComment),
|
---|
5016 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5017 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbComment,
|
---|
5018 | ("cbComment=%u\n", cbComment),
|
---|
5019 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5020 |
|
---|
5021 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5022 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5023 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5024 |
|
---|
5025 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5026 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5027 |
|
---|
5028 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetComment(pImage->pvBackendData, pszComment,
|
---|
5029 | cbComment);
|
---|
5030 | } while (0);
|
---|
5031 |
|
---|
5032 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5033 | {
|
---|
5034 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5035 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5036 | }
|
---|
5037 |
|
---|
5038 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, pszComment=\"%s\"\n", rc, pszComment));
|
---|
5039 | return rc;
|
---|
5040 | }
|
---|
5041 |
|
---|
5042 | /**
|
---|
5043 | * Changes the comment line of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5044 | *
|
---|
5045 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5046 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5047 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5048 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5049 | * @param pszComment New comment string (UTF-8). NULL is allowed to reset the comment.
|
---|
5050 | */
|
---|
5051 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetComment(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5052 | const char *pszComment)
|
---|
5053 | {
|
---|
5054 | int rc;
|
---|
5055 | int rc2;
|
---|
5056 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5057 |
|
---|
5058 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pszComment=%#p \"%s\"\n",
|
---|
5059 | pDisk, nImage, pszComment, pszComment));
|
---|
5060 | do
|
---|
5061 | {
|
---|
5062 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5063 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5064 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5065 |
|
---|
5066 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5067 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszComment) || pszComment == NULL,
|
---|
5068 | ("pszComment=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszComment, pszComment),
|
---|
5069 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5070 |
|
---|
5071 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5072 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5073 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5074 |
|
---|
5075 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5076 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5077 |
|
---|
5078 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetComment(pImage->pvBackendData, pszComment);
|
---|
5079 | } while (0);
|
---|
5080 |
|
---|
5081 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
5082 | {
|
---|
5083 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5084 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5085 | }
|
---|
5086 |
|
---|
5087 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5088 | return rc;
|
---|
5089 | }
|
---|
5090 |
|
---|
5091 |
|
---|
5092 | /**
|
---|
5093 | * Get UUID of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5094 | *
|
---|
5095 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5096 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5097 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5098 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5099 | * @param pUuid Where to store the image creation UUID.
|
---|
5100 | */
|
---|
5101 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
5102 | {
|
---|
5103 | int rc;
|
---|
5104 | int rc2;
|
---|
5105 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5106 |
|
---|
5107 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pUuid));
|
---|
5108 | do
|
---|
5109 | {
|
---|
5110 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5111 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5112 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5113 |
|
---|
5114 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5115 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
5116 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
5117 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5118 |
|
---|
5119 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5120 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5121 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5122 |
|
---|
5123 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5124 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5125 |
|
---|
5126 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImage->pvBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
5127 | } while (0);
|
---|
5128 |
|
---|
5129 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5130 | {
|
---|
5131 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5132 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5133 | }
|
---|
5134 |
|
---|
5135 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, Uuid={%RTuuid}\n", rc, pUuid));
|
---|
5136 | return rc;
|
---|
5137 | }
|
---|
5138 |
|
---|
5139 | /**
|
---|
5140 | * Set the image's UUID. Should not be used by normal applications.
|
---|
5141 | *
|
---|
5142 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5143 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5144 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5145 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5146 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
5147 | */
|
---|
5148 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PCRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
5149 | {
|
---|
5150 | int rc;
|
---|
5151 | int rc2;
|
---|
5152 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5153 |
|
---|
5154 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p {%RTuuid}\n",
|
---|
5155 | pDisk, nImage, pUuid, pUuid));
|
---|
5156 | do
|
---|
5157 | {
|
---|
5158 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5159 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5160 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5161 |
|
---|
5162 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid) || pUuid == NULL,
|
---|
5163 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
5164 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5165 |
|
---|
5166 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5167 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5168 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5169 |
|
---|
5170 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5171 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5172 |
|
---|
5173 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
5174 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
5175 | {
|
---|
5176 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
5177 | pUuid = &Uuid;
|
---|
5178 | }
|
---|
5179 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetUuid(pImage->pvBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
5180 | } while (0);
|
---|
5181 |
|
---|
5182 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
5183 | {
|
---|
5184 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5185 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5186 | }
|
---|
5187 |
|
---|
5188 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5189 | return rc;
|
---|
5190 | }
|
---|
5191 |
|
---|
5192 | /**
|
---|
5193 | * Get last modification UUID of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5194 | *
|
---|
5195 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5196 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5197 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5198 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5199 | * @param pUuid Where to store the image modification UUID.
|
---|
5200 | */
|
---|
5201 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetModificationUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
5202 | {
|
---|
5203 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5204 | int rc2;
|
---|
5205 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5206 |
|
---|
5207 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pUuid));
|
---|
5208 | do
|
---|
5209 | {
|
---|
5210 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5211 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5212 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5213 |
|
---|
5214 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5215 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
5216 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
5217 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5218 |
|
---|
5219 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5220 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5221 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5222 |
|
---|
5223 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5224 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5225 |
|
---|
5226 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
5227 | pUuid);
|
---|
5228 | } while (0);
|
---|
5229 |
|
---|
5230 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5231 | {
|
---|
5232 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5233 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5234 | }
|
---|
5235 |
|
---|
5236 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, Uuid={%RTuuid}\n", rc, pUuid));
|
---|
5237 | return rc;
|
---|
5238 | }
|
---|
5239 |
|
---|
5240 | /**
|
---|
5241 | * Set the image's last modification UUID. Should not be used by normal applications.
|
---|
5242 | *
|
---|
5243 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5244 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5245 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5246 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5247 | * @param pUuid New modification UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
5248 | */
|
---|
5249 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetModificationUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PCRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
5250 | {
|
---|
5251 | int rc;
|
---|
5252 | int rc2;
|
---|
5253 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5254 |
|
---|
5255 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p {%RTuuid}\n",
|
---|
5256 | pDisk, nImage, pUuid, pUuid));
|
---|
5257 | do
|
---|
5258 | {
|
---|
5259 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5260 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5261 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5262 |
|
---|
5263 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5264 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid) || pUuid == NULL,
|
---|
5265 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
5266 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5267 |
|
---|
5268 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5269 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5270 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5271 |
|
---|
5272 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5273 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5274 |
|
---|
5275 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
5276 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
5277 | {
|
---|
5278 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
5279 | pUuid = &Uuid;
|
---|
5280 | }
|
---|
5281 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
5282 | pUuid);
|
---|
5283 | } while (0);
|
---|
5284 |
|
---|
5285 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
5286 | {
|
---|
5287 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5288 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5289 | }
|
---|
5290 |
|
---|
5291 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5292 | return rc;
|
---|
5293 | }
|
---|
5294 |
|
---|
5295 | /**
|
---|
5296 | * Get parent UUID of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5297 | *
|
---|
5298 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5299 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5300 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5301 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5302 | * @param pUuid Where to store the parent image UUID.
|
---|
5303 | */
|
---|
5304 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetParentUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5305 | PRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
5306 | {
|
---|
5307 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5308 | int rc2;
|
---|
5309 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5310 |
|
---|
5311 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pUuid));
|
---|
5312 | do
|
---|
5313 | {
|
---|
5314 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5315 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5316 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5317 |
|
---|
5318 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5319 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
5320 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
5321 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5322 |
|
---|
5323 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5324 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5325 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5326 |
|
---|
5327 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5328 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5329 |
|
---|
5330 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetParentUuid(pImage->pvBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
5331 | } while (0);
|
---|
5332 |
|
---|
5333 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5334 | {
|
---|
5335 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5336 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5337 | }
|
---|
5338 |
|
---|
5339 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, Uuid={%RTuuid}\n", rc, pUuid));
|
---|
5340 | return rc;
|
---|
5341 | }
|
---|
5342 |
|
---|
5343 | /**
|
---|
5344 | * Set the image's parent UUID. Should not be used by normal applications.
|
---|
5345 | *
|
---|
5346 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5347 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5348 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5349 | * @param pUuid New parent UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
5350 | */
|
---|
5351 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetParentUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5352 | PCRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
5353 | {
|
---|
5354 | int rc;
|
---|
5355 | int rc2;
|
---|
5356 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5357 |
|
---|
5358 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p {%RTuuid}\n",
|
---|
5359 | pDisk, nImage, pUuid, pUuid));
|
---|
5360 | do
|
---|
5361 | {
|
---|
5362 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5363 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5364 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5365 |
|
---|
5366 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5367 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid) || pUuid == NULL,
|
---|
5368 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
5369 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5370 |
|
---|
5371 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5372 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5373 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5374 |
|
---|
5375 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5376 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5377 |
|
---|
5378 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
5379 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
5380 | {
|
---|
5381 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
5382 | pUuid = &Uuid;
|
---|
5383 | }
|
---|
5384 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImage->pvBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
5385 | } while (0);
|
---|
5386 |
|
---|
5387 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
5388 | {
|
---|
5389 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5390 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5391 | }
|
---|
5392 |
|
---|
5393 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5394 | return rc;
|
---|
5395 | }
|
---|
5396 |
|
---|
5397 |
|
---|
5398 | /**
|
---|
5399 | * Debug helper - dumps all opened images in HDD container into the log file.
|
---|
5400 | *
|
---|
5401 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5402 | */
|
---|
5403 | VBOXDDU_DECL(void) VDDumpImages(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
5404 | {
|
---|
5405 | int rc2;
|
---|
5406 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5407 |
|
---|
5408 | do
|
---|
5409 | {
|
---|
5410 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5411 | AssertPtrBreak(pDisk);
|
---|
5412 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5413 |
|
---|
5414 | int (*pfnMessage)(void *, const char *, ...) = NULL;
|
---|
5415 | void *pvUser = pDisk->pInterfaceError->pvUser;
|
---|
5416 |
|
---|
5417 | if (pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks && VALID_PTR(pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks->pfnMessage))
|
---|
5418 | pfnMessage = pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks->pfnMessage;
|
---|
5419 | else
|
---|
5420 | {
|
---|
5421 | pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks->pfnMessage = vdLogMessage;
|
---|
5422 | pfnMessage = vdLogMessage;
|
---|
5423 | }
|
---|
5424 |
|
---|
5425 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5426 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5427 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5428 |
|
---|
5429 | pfnMessage(pvUser, "--- Dumping VD Disk, Images=%u\n", pDisk->cImages);
|
---|
5430 | for (PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pBase; pImage; pImage = pImage->pNext)
|
---|
5431 | {
|
---|
5432 | pfnMessage(pvUser, "Dumping VD image \"%s\" (Backend=%s)\n",
|
---|
5433 | pImage->pszFilename, pImage->Backend->pszBackendName);
|
---|
5434 | pImage->Backend->pfnDump(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
5435 | }
|
---|
5436 | } while (0);
|
---|
5437 |
|
---|
5438 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5439 | {
|
---|
5440 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5441 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5442 | }
|
---|
5443 | }
|
---|
5444 |
|
---|
5445 | /**
|
---|
5446 | * Query if asynchronous operations are supported for this disk.
|
---|
5447 | *
|
---|
5448 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5449 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5450 | * @param pDisk Pointer to the HDD container.
|
---|
5451 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5452 | * @param pfAIOSupported Where to store if async IO is supported.
|
---|
5453 | */
|
---|
5454 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDImageIsAsyncIOSupported(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, bool *pfAIOSupported)
|
---|
5455 | {
|
---|
5456 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5457 | int rc2;
|
---|
5458 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5459 |
|
---|
5460 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pfAIOSupported=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pfAIOSupported));
|
---|
5461 | do
|
---|
5462 | {
|
---|
5463 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5464 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5465 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5466 |
|
---|
5467 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5468 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pfAIOSupported),
|
---|
5469 | ("pfAIOSupported=%#p\n", pfAIOSupported),
|
---|
5470 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5471 |
|
---|
5472 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5473 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5474 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5475 |
|
---|
5476 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5477 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5478 |
|
---|
5479 | if (pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_ASYNC)
|
---|
5480 | *pfAIOSupported = pImage->Backend->pfnIsAsyncIOSupported(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
5481 | else
|
---|
5482 | *pfAIOSupported = false;
|
---|
5483 | } while (0);
|
---|
5484 |
|
---|
5485 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5486 | {
|
---|
5487 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5488 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5489 | }
|
---|
5490 |
|
---|
5491 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, fAIOSupported=%u\n", rc, *pfAIOSupported));
|
---|
5492 | return rc;
|
---|
5493 | }
|
---|
5494 |
|
---|
5495 |
|
---|
5496 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbRead,
|
---|
5497 | PCRTSGSEG paSeg, unsigned cSeg,
|
---|
5498 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
5499 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
5500 | {
|
---|
5501 | int rc = VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
5502 | int rc2;
|
---|
5503 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5504 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
5505 |
|
---|
5506 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu paSeg=%p cSeg=%u cbRead=%zu\n",
|
---|
5507 | pDisk, uOffset, paSeg, cSeg, cbRead));
|
---|
5508 | do
|
---|
5509 | {
|
---|
5510 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5511 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5512 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5513 |
|
---|
5514 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5515 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbRead,
|
---|
5516 | ("cbRead=%zu\n", cbRead),
|
---|
5517 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5518 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(paSeg),
|
---|
5519 | ("paSeg=%#p\n", paSeg),
|
---|
5520 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5521 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cSeg,
|
---|
5522 | ("cSeg=%zu\n", cSeg),
|
---|
5523 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5524 |
|
---|
5525 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5526 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5527 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5528 |
|
---|
5529 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbRead <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
5530 | ("uOffset=%llu cbRead=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
5531 | uOffset, cbRead, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
5532 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5533 |
|
---|
5534 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxRootAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ, uOffset,
|
---|
5535 | cbRead, paSeg, cSeg,
|
---|
5536 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2);
|
---|
5537 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
5538 | {
|
---|
5539 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5540 | break;
|
---|
5541 | }
|
---|
5542 |
|
---|
5543 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
5544 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
5545 |
|
---|
5546 | rc = vdReadHelperAsync(pDisk, pImage, NULL, pIoCtx, uOffset, cbRead);
|
---|
5547 | } while (0);
|
---|
5548 |
|
---|
5549 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5550 | {
|
---|
5551 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5552 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5553 | }
|
---|
5554 |
|
---|
5555 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
5556 | {
|
---|
5557 | if ( !pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft
|
---|
5558 | && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
5559 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
5560 | {
|
---|
5561 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
5562 | rc = VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
5563 | }
|
---|
5564 | else
|
---|
5565 | {
|
---|
5566 | LogFlow(("cbTransferLeft=%u cMetaTransfersPending=%u fComplete=%RTbool\n",
|
---|
5567 | pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending,
|
---|
5568 | pIoCtx->fComplete));
|
---|
5569 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
5570 | }
|
---|
5571 | }
|
---|
5572 |
|
---|
5573 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5574 | return rc;
|
---|
5575 | }
|
---|
5576 |
|
---|
5577 |
|
---|
5578 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
5579 | PCRTSGSEG paSeg, unsigned cSeg,
|
---|
5580 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
5581 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
5582 | {
|
---|
5583 | int rc;
|
---|
5584 | int rc2;
|
---|
5585 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5586 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
5587 |
|
---|
5588 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu paSeg=%p cSeg=%u cbWrite=%zu\n",
|
---|
5589 | pDisk, uOffset, paSeg, cSeg, cbWrite));
|
---|
5590 | do
|
---|
5591 | {
|
---|
5592 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5593 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5594 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5595 |
|
---|
5596 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5597 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbWrite,
|
---|
5598 | ("cbWrite=%zu\n", cbWrite),
|
---|
5599 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5600 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(paSeg),
|
---|
5601 | ("paSeg=%#p\n", paSeg),
|
---|
5602 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5603 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cSeg,
|
---|
5604 | ("cSeg=%zu\n", cSeg),
|
---|
5605 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5606 |
|
---|
5607 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5608 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5609 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5610 |
|
---|
5611 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbWrite <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
5612 | ("uOffset=%llu cbWrite=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
5613 | uOffset, cbWrite, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
5614 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5615 |
|
---|
5616 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxRootAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ, uOffset,
|
---|
5617 | cbWrite, paSeg, cSeg,
|
---|
5618 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2);
|
---|
5619 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
5620 | {
|
---|
5621 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5622 | break;
|
---|
5623 | }
|
---|
5624 |
|
---|
5625 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
5626 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
5627 |
|
---|
5628 | rc = vdWriteHelperAsync(pDisk, pImage, NULL, pIoCtx, uOffset, cbWrite);
|
---|
5629 |
|
---|
5630 | } while (0);
|
---|
5631 |
|
---|
5632 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite) && RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5633 | {
|
---|
5634 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5635 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5636 | }
|
---|
5637 |
|
---|
5638 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
5639 | {
|
---|
5640 | if ( !pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft
|
---|
5641 | && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
5642 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
5643 | {
|
---|
5644 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
5645 | rc = VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
5646 | }
|
---|
5647 | else
|
---|
5648 | {
|
---|
5649 | LogFlow(("cbTransferLeft=%u cMetaTransfersPending=%u fComplete=%RTbool\n",
|
---|
5650 | pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending,
|
---|
5651 | pIoCtx->fComplete));
|
---|
5652 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
5653 | }
|
---|
5654 | }
|
---|
5655 |
|
---|
5656 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5657 | return rc;
|
---|
5658 |
|
---|
5659 | }
|
---|
5660 |
|
---|
5661 | #if 0
|
---|
5662 | /** @copydoc VBOXHDDBACKEND::pfnComposeLocation */
|
---|
5663 | int genericFileComposeLocation(PVDINTERFACE pConfig, char **pszLocation)
|
---|
5664 | {
|
---|
5665 | return NULL;
|
---|
5666 | }
|
---|
5667 |
|
---|
5668 |
|
---|
5669 | /** @copydoc VBOXHDDBACKEND::pfnComposeName */
|
---|
5670 | int genericFileComposeName(PVDINTERFACE pConfig, char **pszName)
|
---|
5671 | {
|
---|
5672 | return NULL;
|
---|
5673 | }
|
---|
5674 | #endif
|
---|